Overcurrent Protection PDF

Overcurrent Protection Page
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs 5/3
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay 5/11
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/19
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/31
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/55
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/83
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/121 5
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization 5/161
5
5/2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs
Function overview
• Operation without auxiliary voltage via

integrated CT power supply
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Low power consumption:
LSP2339-afp.tif
1.4 VA at IN (of the relay)

• Easy mounting due to compact housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
• Definite-time and inverse-time
Fig. 5/1 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical
overcurrent protectiona rely characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
powered by current • High-current stage I>> or calculated 5
transformers (CT) earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Trip with pulse output (24 V DC /
0.1 Ws) or relay output (changeover
contact)
Description • Repetition of trip during circuit-breaker
failure (relays with pulse output)
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical • Combination with electromechanical
overcurrent protection relay which is relays is possible due to the emulation
primarily intended as a radial feeder or algorithm
transformer protection (backup) in elec-
trical networks. It provides definite-time Monitoring functions
and inverse-time overcurrent protection • Hardware and software are continu-
according to IEC and ANSI standards. ously monitored during operation
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply Front design
from the current transformers. • Simple setting via DIP switches
(self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without
auxiliary voltage – no PC
• Integrated mechanical trip indication
optionally
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting
Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/3

Application
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards.
The convenient setting with DIP switches
is self-explanatory and simple.
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply
(1.4 VA at IN, sum of all phases) from the
current transformers.
Impulse output for low-energy trip release
or contact output for additional auxiliary
transformer are available. An optional
5 integrated trip indication shows that a trip
occurred.
ANSI IEC Protection functions Fig. 5/2 Typical application

50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
Construction
Within its compact housing the protection

LSP2391-afp.tif
relay contains all required components for:

• Measuring and processing
• Alarm and command output
• Operation and indication (without a PC)
Fig. 5/3 Application in distribution switchgear
• Optional mechanical trip indication
• Auxiliary supply from current trans-
formers
• Maintenance not necessary
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ45 relays can in general be
installed into the existing cutouts in
cubicles. Alternative constructions are
available (surface mounting and flush
mounting). The compact housing permits
LSP2340-afp.tif
easy mounting, and a version for the most

adverse environmental conditions, even
with extreme humidity, is also
available.
Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51). For the second
stage, the user can choose between a
high-current stage for phase currents I>>
(50) or a normal stage for calculated earth
currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behaviour of
electromechanical relays.
Fig. 5/5 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic 5
The influence of high-frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.
Fig. 5/6 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Connection diagrams
Pulse output or relay output are optionally

available.
Pulse output
These relays require a low-energy trip
release (24 V DC/0.1 Ws) in the circuit-
breaker, and are intended for modern
switchgear. In case of circuit-breaker
failure, a repetition of the tripping signal
is initiated.
Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output
Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram

7SJ45 with impulse output
Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
conventional switchgear. A transformer
that provides the trip circuit energy, must
be connected in the current transformer
circuit.
Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output
Fig. 5/10 Connection diagram

7SJ45 with relay output

Technical data
General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
System frequency IN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration ≥2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 · IN for 1 s EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
15 · IN for 10 s Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 · IN continuous field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 · IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
Recommended primary current 10 P 10, 2.5 VA class III
transformers or according to the requirements and Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
required tripping power
5
field, pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz;
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number 1 pulse output
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration
24 V DC / 0.1 Ws
IEC 60255-22-4 and = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Number 1 changeover contact High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to earth:
Break 30 VA Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
40 W resistive Across circuit groups:
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 ms 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz; Ri = 150 Ω
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 60255-22-6 and
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Unit design
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom- IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
mended for local mounting only)
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
cover and terminal blocks) class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
Weight (mass) approx. 1.5 kg Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Housing Not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Front IP 51 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Rear IP 20 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per ≥ 2 s;
Protection of personnel IP1X not across open contacts both polarities; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
UL-listing Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Listed under “69CA”.
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Electrical tests
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
Specifications
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
See also standards for individual tests
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
All circuits except for pulse output-earth
Voltage test (type test)
across open command contacts 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s

Technical data
Mechanical stress tests Functions

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated,
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz step 0.5 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
60 to 150 Hz; 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
each 3 shocks in both directions The set time delays are pure
of the 3 axes delay times.
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude Setting range / steps
5 IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(vertical vector) 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(horizontal vector) (earth calculated) or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration 3-phase supply: see note*
(vertical vector) Delay times TIp (IEC) 0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Delay times D (ANSI) 0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Trip times
During transport (flush mounting)
Total time delay impulse output Approx. 32 ms
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Total time delay relay output Approx. 38 ms
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
2 g acceleration Tolerances
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Time behavior for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
of the 3 axes Deviation of the measured values
as a result of various interferences
Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
Climatic stress tests
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Temperatures
Frequency in the range of < 10 %
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
With continuous current
Harmonics <1%
2IN: –20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DC components <5%
storage
Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
– 5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III
* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).

With single supply, operation is ensured from 0.8 IN (7SJ45XX-0*; pulse
output) or 1.3 IN (7SJ45XX-1*; relay output) onwards (printed on the
front).

Technical data CE conformity

This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.
Description Order No.

Selection and ordering data
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45
numerical overcurrent protection relay powered by CTs 7SJ450¨– ¨¨¨00 – ÄA¨
Current transformer IN 5
1A 1
5A 5
Trip
Pulse output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 0
Relay output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 1
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel flush mounting E
Region-specific functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
Indication (flag)
Without 0
With 1
Accessories Protection relay with pulse output

Low energy trip release 3AX1104-2B
Protection relay with relay output

Auxiliary transformers for the trip circuit (30 VA CTs recommended)
1A 4AM5065-2CB00-0AN2
5A 4AM5070-8AB00-0AN2
Current transformer-operated trip release

0.5 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2A
1 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2B

Dimension drawings in mm / inch
Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC easy
Panel cutout
Fig. 17/18
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for panel flush mounting
Fig. 17/19
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for rail mounting

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay
Function overview
• Universal application due to integrated

wide range AC/DC power supply.
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Easy mounting due to compact
LSP2353-afp.tif
housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
• Definite-time and inverse-time
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
numerical overcurrent protection relay • High-current stage I>> or calculated
earth-current stage IE> or IEp> 5
selectable
• Two command outputs for “trip” or
“pickup”
• Combination with electromechanical
relays is possible due to the emulation
Description algorithm
Monitoring functions
• One live contact for monitoring
overcurrent protection relay which is
primarily intended as a radial feeder or • Hardware and software are continu-
transformer protection (backup) in elec- ously monitored during operation
trical networks. It provides definite-time
Front design
and inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards. • Simple setting via DIP switches
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC (self-explaining)
auxiliary power supply with a wide range • Settings can be executed without
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its auxiliary voltage – no PC
application. • Individual phase pickup indication with
stored or not stored LEDs
• Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting

Application

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks.
It provides definite-time and inverse-time
overcurrent protection according to IEC
and ANSI standards. The convenient set-
ting with DIP switches is self-explanatory
and simple.
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC
auxiliary power supply with a wide range
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its
application. Phase-selective indication of
protection pickup is indicated with LEDs.
5 ANSI IEC Protection functions

50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent Fig. 5/12 Typical application
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
Construction
Within its compact housing the protection

relay contains all required components for:
• Measuring and processing
LSP2390-afp.tif
• Pickup and command output

• Operation and indication Fig. 5/13 Application in distribution
(without a PC) switchgear
• Wide range AC/DC power supply
• Maintenance not necessary (no battery)
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ46 relays can in general be
installed into the existing panel cutouts.
Alternative constructions are available (rail
mounting and flush mounting). The com-
pact housing permits easy mounting, and a
version for the most adverse environmen-
tal conditions, even with extreme
LSP2354-afp.tif
humidity, is also available.
Fig. 5/14 Screw-type terminals

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents
IL1 (A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51).
For the second stage, the user can choose
between a high-current stage for phase
currents I>> (50) or a normal stage for
calculated earth currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behavior
of electromechanical relays. 5
Fig. 5/15 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
The influence of high frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •

Connection diagrams
The 7SJ46 has a trip contact, a contact

which is adjustable for trip or pickup,
and a live contact for the self-monitoring
function.
5 Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs
Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram 7SJ46

Technical data
General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Analog input all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Power consumption EN 61000-6-2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (generic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency tests 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
circuit duration ≥ 2 s
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 · IN for 1 s Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air
30 · IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III discharge; both polarities;
4 · IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Dynamic (peak) 250 · IN for half a cycle Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
5
Input voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (± 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
60 to 230 V AC (–20 %, +15 %) class III
Power consumption DC – power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
AC – power supply: Approx. 3 VA field, pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
at 110 V approx. IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III 30 V/m 1810 MHz; repetition
5.5 VA at 230 V frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length
IEC 60255-22-4 and = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Number 2 (normally open), 1 live contact
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Break 30 VA
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
40 W resistive
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to earth:
ms 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
between circuit groups:
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to earth:
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Unit design between circuit groups:
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Adaptable for rail mounting Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
recommended for local mounting only amplitude-modulated. 1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 Ω
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent IEC 60255-22-6 and IEC 61000-4-6,
cover and terminal blocks) class III
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Housing
Front IP 51 Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Rear IP 20 class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
Protection of personnel IP 1X Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
UL-listing capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Listed under “69CA”. not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per s; both polari-
Electrical tests
not across open contacts ties; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
Specifications
Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
See also standards for individual tests
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Insulation tests
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
Standards IEC 60255-5
auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
all circuits except auxiliary supply Part 22
Voltage test (routine test) 3.5 kV DC; 30 s; both polarities Interference field strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
auxiliary supply IEC CISPR 22 class B
Voltage test (type test)
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min

Technical data
Mechanical stress test Functions

Vibration, shock and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated, step 0.5 IN
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz; Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration (earth calculated)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal The set time delays are pure delay times.
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude (earth calculated)
5 IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)

1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude
Delay times TIp (IEC)
Delay times D (ANSI)
0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
(vertical vector)
Trip times
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector) Switch on to fault, relay output Approx. 38 ms
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
(vertical vector) Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
Frequeny sweep 1 octave/min Tolerances
Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
During transport (flush mounting) Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
Vibration Sinusoidal Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
2 g acceleration 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Time behaviour for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Deviation of the measured values as a
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, result of various interferences
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
of the 3 axes 0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal Frequency in the range of < 10 %
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms, 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Harmonics <1%
of the 3 axes up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components <5%
Climatic stress tests Auxiliary supply voltage DC in <1%
Temperatures the range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.2
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F Auxiliary supply voltage AC in the < 1 %
with continuous current 4 IN: range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.15
–20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F –5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
storage
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F CE conformity
transport This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Humidity nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
95 % relative humidity; condensation The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
not permissible. industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay 7SJ460¨– 1¨¨00 – ÄA0
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel-flush mounting E
Region-specific/functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
5


SIPROTEC 7SJ600
Numerical Overcurrent, Motor and Overload Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Earth-fault protection
• Overload protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Motor protection
• Starting time supervision
• Locked rotor
Control functions
• Commands for control of a circuit- 5
Fig. 5/19 SIPROTEC 7SJ600 breaker
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay • Control via keyboard,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Measuring functions
• Operational measured values I
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical • Fault event logging with time stamp
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its (buffered)
primary use in radial distribution networks • 8 oscillographic fault records
and motor protection, can also be em-
• Continuous self-monitoring
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection. Communication
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides definite- • Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or
time and inverse-time overcurrent protec- DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3)
tion along with overload and negative- • Via RS232 – RS485 converter
sequence protection for a very comprehen- • Via modem
sive relay package. In this way, equipment • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
such as motors can be protected against
• RS485 interface
asymmetric and excessive loading. Asym-
metric short-circuits with currents that can Hardware
be smaller than the largest possible load •3 current transformers
currents or phase interruptions are reliably
•3 binary inputs
detected.
•3 output relays
•1 live status contact

Application
Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be em-
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent
protection along with overload and nega-
tive-sequence protection for a very com-
prehensive relay package. In this way,
equipment such as motors can be pro-
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with
5 currents that can be smaller than the larg-
est possible load currents or phase inter-
ruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows Fig. 5/20 Function diagram
simple control of a circuit-breaker or
disconnector (electrically operated/motor-
ized switch) via the integrated HMI,
DIGSI 3 or DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3) or SCADA
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).
ANSI IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

Construction Protection functions The definite-time overcurrent protection

for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
needed for overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
The definite-time overcurrent function is instantaneous-tripping element (I>>>).
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective measurement of Intentional trip delays can be parameteriz-
values the three phase currents and/or earth cur- ed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds for the
• Operation and display rent. low-set and high-set overcurrent
• Output of signals and trip commands Optionally, the earth (ground) current IE elements. The instantaneous zone I>>>
trips without any intentional delay. The
• Input and evaluation of binary signals (Gnd) is calculated or measured from the
definite-time overcurrent protection for
three line currents IL1(IA), IL2(IB) and
• SCADA interface (RS485) the earth (ground) current has a low-set
IL3(IC).
• Power supply. overcurrent element (IE>) and a high-set
The rated CT currents applied to the overcurrent element (IE>>).
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 can be 1 or 5 A. Intentional trip delays can be parameteri-
This is selectable via a jumper inside the zed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds.
relay.
Two different housings are available. The
flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting version 5
has terminals accessible from the rear. The
surface-mounting version has terminals
accessible from the front.
Fig. 5/22 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, invese-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL)
LSP2002-afpen.tif
can be activated.
Fig. 5/21
Rear view of flush-mounting housing
Available inverse-time characteristic

Characteristics acc.to ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)


The thermal overload protection function
provides tripping or alarming based on a
thermal model calculated from phase
currents.
Thermal overload protection without
preload
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the
Fig. 5/24 Tripping characteristic of the negative-sequence protection function
following tripping characteristic applies
only when
I ≥ 1.1 ⋅ IL Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup
For different thermal time constants TL, I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
the tripping time t is calculated in accor- The negative-sequence protection (see Fig. wired from a manual close contact, it is
5 dance with the following equation: 5/24) detects a phase failure or load unbal- possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
35
t= 2
⋅ TL ance due to network asymmetry. Interrup- settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
⎛ ⎞I tions, short-circuits or crossed connections grammable duration of time. After the set
⎜ ⎟ −1 to the current transformers are detected. time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
⎝ IL ⎠
matically return to their original setting.
I = Load current Furthermore, low level single-phase and
This can compensate for initial inrush
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
I2 = Pickup current when energizing a circuit without compro-
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent
TL = Time multiplier ruptions can be detected.
elements during steady state conditions.
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN This function is especially useful for mo-
tors since negative sequence currents cause 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
Thermal overload protection with preload impermissible overheating of the rotor. (AR, ANSI 79)
The thermal overload protection with con- In order to detect the unbalanced load, the Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-
sideration of preload current constantly ratio of negative phase-sequence current to reclosing of a feeder which has previously
updates the thermal model calculation rated current is evaluated. been disconnected by time-overcurrent
regardless of the magnitude of the phase protection.
currents. The tripping time t is calculated I2 = Negative-sequence current
in accordance with the following tripping T12 = Tripping time Trip circuit supervision
characteristic (complete memory in accor- (ANSI 74TC)
dance with IEC 60255-8). Transformer protection
One or two binary inputs can be used for
2 2
The high-set element permits current co- the trip circuit monitoring.
⎛ I ⎞ ⎛ I pre ⎞ ordination where the overcurrent element
⎜ ⎟ −⎜ ⎟
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ functions as a backup for the lower-level Control
t = τ ⋅ ln 2 protection relays, and the overload func-
⎛ I ⎞ The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
⎜ ⎟ −1 tion protects the transformer from thermal
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ overload. Low-current single-phase faults opened and closed without command feed-
on the low voltage side that result in nega- back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
t = Tripping time after beginning of tive phase-sequence current on the high- be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
the thermal overload voltage side can be detected with the nega- HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
τ = 35.5 · TL tive-sequence protection. connected to the interface.
Ipre
= Pre-load current
TL = Time multiplier
I = Load current
k = k factor (in accordance with
IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
IN = Rated (nominal) current
For further details please refer to

part 2 “Overview”.

Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a circuit-
breaker bypassing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.
Busbar protection
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any of
the six current stages. Parameters are as-
signed to decide whether the input circuit
is to operate in open-circuit or closed-cir-
5
cuit mode. In this case, reverse interlocking
provides high-speed busbar protection in
radial or ring power systems that are
opened at one point. The reverse inter-
locking principle is used, for example,
in medium-voltage power systems and
in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds
a busbar section with several medium-
voltage outgoing feeders. Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking
Motor protection Features
For short-circuit protection, e.g. elements

I>> (50) and IE (50N) are available. The
stator is protected against thermal overload
by ϑs> (49), the rotor by I2> (46), starting
time supervision (48).
Motor starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

The start-up monitor protects the motor
against excessively long starting. This can
occur, for example, if the rotor is blocked,
if excessive voltage drops occur when the
motor is switched on or if excessive load Fig. 5/26 Wiring communication
torques occur. The tripping time depends For convenient wiring of the RS485 bus,
on the current. use bus cable system 7XV5103 (see part 15 of this catalog).
2
⎛I ⎞
tTRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max
⎝ I rms ⎠
Serial data transmission • General fault detection
I A PC can be connected to ease setup of the • General trip
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio N
I start relay using the Windows-based program • Phase current IL2
approx. 0.94 DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows. • User-defined message
It can also be used to evaluate up to 8
tTRIP = Tripping time • Breaker control
oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
Istart = Start-up current of the motor and 1 event log containing up to 30 opera- • Oscillographic fault recording
tstart max = Maximum permissible starting tional indications. The SIPROTEC 7SJ600
time transmits a subset of data via
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
Irms = Actual current flowing

Connection diagrams
Fig. 5/27 Fig. 5/28

Connection of 3 CTs with measurement Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the phase currents of the earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/29
Fig. 5/30
Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or
Sensitive earth-fault protection
resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
(3 -times increased sensitivity)
Fig. 5/31 Example of typical wiring

Technical data
General unit data Heavy-duty (command) contacts

CT circuits Trip relays, number 2 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Contacts per relay 2 NO
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) Switching capacity
Overload capability current path Make 1000 W / VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Break 30 W / VA
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Switching voltage 250 V
4 x IN continuous Permissible current
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Continuous 5A
Power consumption For 0.5 s 30 A
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Design
at IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Housing 7XP20 Refer to part 15 for
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter dimension drawings
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24, 48 V DC/± 20 % Weight
permissible variations 60, 110/125 V DC/± 20 % Flush mounting /cubicle mount- Approx. 4 kg
220, 250 V DC/± 20 % ing
115 V AC/–20 % +15 %
230 V AC/–20 % +15 %
Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg 5
Degree of protection acc. to
Superimposed AC voltage, EN 60529
peak-to-peak Housing IP51
at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Terminals IP21
at limits of admissible voltage ≤6%
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W Serial interface
Energized Approx. 4 W Interface, serial; isolated
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V DC Standard RS485
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Binary inputs
Connection Data cable at housing terminals, two
Number 3 (marshallable) data wires, one frame reference, for
Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC connection of a personal computer
or similar; core pairs with individual
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA and common screening, screen must
of operating voltage be earthed (grounded), communica-
Pickup threshold, reconnectable by tion possible via modem
solder bridges Transmission speed As delivered 9600 baud
Rated aux. voltage min. 1200 baud,
24/48/60 V DC Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC max. 19200 baud
Vdrop-out < 8 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC Electrical tests
Vdrop-out < 45 V DC
Specifications
Signal contacts
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Signal/alarm relays 2 (marshallable)
Insulation test
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Switching capacity
High-voltage test (routine test)
Make 1000 W / VA
Except DC voltage supply input 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Break 30 W / VA
and RS485
Switching voltage 250 V Only DC voltage supply input 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5A and RS485
High-voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of trip 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Between open contacts of alarm 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs,
all circuits, class III 0.5 J, 3 positive and 3 negative
impulses at intervals of 5 s

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
(product standard) During operation
EN 50082-2 (generic standard),
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303 Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-2-1 and
IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 μs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges/s, duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm
IEC 60255-21-1, class1 amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge, IEC 60068-2-6 acceleration
IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities, Sweep rate 1 octave/min
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri=330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency Shock Half-sine, acceleration 5 g, duration
field IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 11 ms, 3 shocks in each direction
Non-modulated, 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz of 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Amplitude modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1, 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Pulse modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
5 IEC 61000-4-3, class III frequency, 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/bursts 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-4, class III polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, (vertical axis)
radio-frequency fields, 80 % AM, 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
amplitude modulated 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 601000-4-6, class III During transport
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to Sweep rate 1 octave/min
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation, 50 shots 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
(common mode) per s, duration 2 s, Ri = 150 Ω Shock Half-sine, acceleration 15 g ,
to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 11 ms, 3 shocks in each
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 surges IEC 60068-2-27 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per s, both polarities, duration 2 s, Continuous shock Half-sine, acceleration 10 g
(commom mode) Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 16 ms, 1000 shocks in each
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
ence, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), Climatic stress tests
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
50 MHz, decaying oscillation, Temperatures
Ri = 50 Ω Recommended temperature
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests during operation –5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
> 55 °C decreased display contrast
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Permissible temperature
Conducted interference voltage, aux. 150 kHz to 30 MHz
during operation –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
voltage CISPR 22, EN 55022,
during storage –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
during transport –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
limit value class B
(Storage and transport with
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz standard works packaging)
CISPR 11, EN 55011, DIN VDE
Humidity
0875 Part 11, limit value class A
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days per year
95 % relative humidity,
condensation not permissible

Technical data
Functions Tolerances
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Pickup values 5%
Delay time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value ± 2 %
Setting range/steps and 0.5 ≤ I/IN ≤ 24 current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
earth IE> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ Influencing variables
phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
and IE>> Frequency, range: ≤ 8 % referred to theoretical time
The set times are pure delay times 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 value
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
At 2 x setting value, without Approx. 35 ms
meas. repetition Setting range/steps
At 2 x setting value, with meas. Approx. 50 ms Tripping stage 8 % to 80 % of IN
repetition I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x I2>> in steps of 1 %
Approx. 20 ms Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>) 0.00 s to 60.00 s
setting value
in steps of 0.01s 5
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE> Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
I>>> Approx. 65 ms
Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping Approx. 60 ms 75 ms
Overshot time Approx. 25 ms stage I2>>
But with currents I/IN>1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
Tolerances
(overcurrent case) or
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value
negative-sequence current
IE>, IE>>
< (set value +0.1 x IN)
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Influencing variables
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
tripping stage I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reset ratios
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN
Frequency, range: ≤ 1.5 % tripping stage I2>>
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 Tolerances
Frequency, range: ≤ 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 with current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Harmonics with current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤1% Stage delay times ± 1 % or 10 ms
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1%
Influence variables
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N) Auxiliary DC voltage, range: ≤1%
Setting range/steps 0.8 ≤Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
earth IEp = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) –5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp (IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
Frequency,
Tp (steps 0.01 s)
range: 0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 2 % of IN
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
(steps 0.1 s)
Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
phase I>>> = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole
(steps 0.01), or ∞ Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
Delay time T for I>>, IE>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any further 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
shot
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Reclaim time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Drop-out threshold Approx. 1.03 x Ip Lock-out time after 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out time Approx. 35 ms unsuccessful AR
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip Duration of RECLOSE command 0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip Control
alternatively: disk emulation
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None

Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) Fault recording

(total memory according to IEC 60255-8) Measured values IL1, IL2, IL3
Setting ranges Start signal Trip, start release, binary input
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fault storage Max. 8 fault records
Thermal alarm stage Θalarm /Θtrip 50 to 99 % referred to trip tempera- Total storage time (fault detec- Max. 5 s, incl. 35 power-fail safe
ture rise (steps 1 %) tion or trip command = 0 ms) selectable pre-trigger and
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) post-fault time
stand-still kτ Max. storage period per fault 0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
event Tmax
Reset ratios Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01s)
Θ/Θtrip Reset below Θalarm Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms at 50 Hz
Tolerances 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms at
Referring to k ⋅ IN ± 5 % (class 5 % acc. to 60 Hz
IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ± 5 % ± 2 s (class 5 % acc. to
IEC 60255-8) Additional functions
5 Influence variables referred to k ⋅ IN Operational measured values

Auxiliary DC voltage in the range ≤ 1 % Operating currents IL1, IL2, IL3
of 0.8 ≤ Vaux / VauxN ≤ 1.2 Measuring range 0 % to 240 % IN
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 % / 10 K Tolerance 3 % of rated value
–5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C Thermal overload values
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Calculated temperature rise Θ/Θtrip
Frequency, range: ≤1%
Measuring range 0 % to 300 %
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Tolerance 5 % referred to Θtrip
Without pickup value IL / IN 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Fault event logging
Memory time multiplier TL 1 to 120 s (steps 0,1 s)
Storage of indications of the last 8
(= t6 -time)
faults
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94
Time assignment
Tolerances
Resolution for operational
Referring to pickup threshold ±5%
indications 1s
1.1· IL
Resolution for fault event
Referring to trip time ±5% ±2s
indications 1 ms
Influence variables Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Auxiliary DC voltage in the range ≤ 1 %
Trip circuit supervision
of 0.8 ≤ Vaux / VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K With one or two binary inputs
–5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C Circuit-breaker trip test
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Frequency, range: ≤1% With live trip or trip/reclose cycle
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 (version with auto-reclosure)
Starting time supervision (motor protection)
Setting ranges CE conformity
Permissible starting current 0.4 to 20 (steps 0.1) This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
IStart/IN nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Permissible starting time tStart 1 to 360 s (steps 0.1 s) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
2 (Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
⎛I ⎞
Tripping characteristic t = ⎜ Start ⎟ ⋅ t for I rms > I Start This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
⎝ I rms ⎠
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Reset ratio Irms / IStart Approx. 0.94 The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Tolerances
Pickup value 5% This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Delay time 5 % of setting value or 330 ms in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.


7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 7SJ600¨– ¨Ä¨0 – ¨D¨¨
Binary input voltage 24 to 250 V DC with isolated RS485 port
Rated current at 50/60 Hz

1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5
Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC2) 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC2) 5
230 V AC3) 6
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
Terminal connection on top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E
Languages 5
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without 0
With 1
Control
Without A
With B
UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1
Accessories Converter RS232 (V.24) - RS485*

With communication cable for the
7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Length 1 m
PC adapter
With power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700- 0oo004)
With power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700- 1oo004)
Converter, full-duplex,
fiber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650- 0BA00
LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail for 19” rack C73165-A63-C200-1
Manual for 7SJ600

Mounting rail English C53000-G1176-C106-7
Spanish C53000-G1178-C106-1
French C53000-G1177-C106-3
Sample order
7SJ600, 1 A, 60 - 125 V, flush mounting, ARC 7SJ6001-4EA00-1DA0
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
Converter V.24 -RS485, 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
Manual, English C53000-G1176-C106-7
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by or visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
means of jumpers.
3) Only when position 16 is not “1” (with UL-listing).
4) Possible versions see part 13.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor 7XV5103-oAAoo;
see part 13.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/32
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Multifunction Overcurrent and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Directional sensitive earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Disk emulation
LSP2136-afpen.tif
• Breaker failure protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision 5
Motor protection
Fig. 5/33 SIPROTEC 7SJ602 • Starting time supervision
multifunction protection relay
• Locked rotor
• Restart inhibit
• Undercurrent monitoring
Description • Temperature monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical over- Control functions
current relay which, in addition to its primary • Commands for control of a circuit-
use in radial distribution networks and motor breaker
protection, can also be employed as backup
• Control via keyboard, DIGSI 4 or
for line, transformer and generator differential
SCADA system
protection. The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides
definite-time and inverse-time overcurrent Measuring functions
protection along with overload and unbal- • Operational measured values I, V
anced-load (negative-sequence) protection • Power measurement P, Q, S, Wp, Wq
for a very comprehensive relay package.
• Slavepointer
For applications with earth-current detection
• Mean values
two versions are available: One version with
four current transformer inputs for non- Monitoring functions
directional earth (ground) fault detection and • Fault event logging with time stamp
a second version with three current inputs (buffered)
(2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one voltage
• 8 oscillographic fault records
input for directional earth (ground) fault
detection. • Continuous self-monitoring
The flexible communication interfaces are Communication interfaces
open for modern communication architec- • System interface
tures with control systems. − IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU/ASCII
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
Hardware
• 4 current transformers or
• 3 current + 1 voltage transformers
• 3 binary inputs
• 4 output relays
• 1 live status contact

Application
Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be employed
as backup for feeder, transformer and gener-
ator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection along with overload and negative se-
quence protection for a very comprehensive
relay package. In this way, equipment such as
motors can be protected against asymmetric
and excessive loading. Asymmetric short-
circuits with currents that can be smaller
than the largest possible load currents or
5 phase interruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows
simple control of a circuit-breaker or dis-
connector (electrically operated/motorized
switch) via the integrated HMI, DIGSI or
SCADA.
1) alternatively; see “Selection and ordering data” for details
Fig. 5/34 Function diagram
ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection
64 VE> Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
79 Auto-reclosure
66/86 Restart inhibit
37 I< Undercurrent monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,
e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

Construction Protection functions
The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics

needed for
The definite-time overcurrent function is
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective evaluation of the
values three phase currents and earth current.
• Operation and display The definite-time overcurrent protection
for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
• Output of signals and trip commands
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
• Input and evaluation of binary signals overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
instantaneous element (I>>>). Intentional
• SCADA interface
trip delays can be set from 0 to 60 seconds
(RS485, RS232, fiber-optic)
for all three overcurrent elements.
• Power supply.
The definite-time overcurrent protection
The rated CT currents applied to the for the earth (ground) current has a
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 can be 1 A or 5 A. This low-set overcurrent element (IE>) and a
is selectable via a jumper inside the relay. high-set overcurrent element (IE>>). In- Fig. 5/37
Two different housings are available. The tentional trip delays can be parameterized Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
5
flush-mounting version has terminals acces- from 0 to 60 seconds.
sible from the rear. The surface-mounting
version has terminals accessible from the Inverse-time characteristics
front. Retrofitting of a communication In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
module, or replacement of an existing com- tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be ac-
munication module with a new one are both tivated.
possible.
Reset characteristics
For easier time coordination with electrome-
chanical relays, reset characteristics accord-
ing to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /
BS 142 standards are applied. When using
the reset characteristic (disk emulation), a
reset process is initiated after the fault cur-
rent has disappeared.
This reset process corresponds to the reverse Fig. 5/38
movement of the Ferraris disk of an electro- Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
LSP2137-afpen.tif
mechanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
Fig. 5/35
Rear view of flush-mounting housing Available inverse-time characteristics
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
LSP2138-afpen.tif
I squared T •
Fig. 5/36
RI/RD-type
View from below showing system
interface (SCADA) with FO connection
(for remote communications)

(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns)
The direction of power flow in the zero se-
quence is calculated from the zero-sequence
current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reac-
tive current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or
low-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
characteristics can be rotated approximately
± 45 degrees (cosine/sinus).
5 Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions: Fig. 5/39 Directional determination using cosine measurements
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
• Two instantaneous elements or one Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Thermal overload protection with preload
instantaneous plus one inverse The thermal overload protection function The thermal overload protection with con-
characteristic. provides tripping or alarming based on a sideration of preload current constantly
• Each element can be set in forward, thermal model calculated from phase cur- updates the thermal model calculation
reverse, or non-directional. rents. regardless of the magnitude of the phase
currents. The tripping time t is calculated
The ambient temperature or the temperature
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection in accordance with the following tripping
of the coolant can be detected serially via an
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) characteristic (complete memory in
external temperature monitoring box (also
accordance with IEC 60255-8).
For high-resistance earthed networks, a called thermo-box). If there is no thermo-
2 2
sensitive input transformer is connected to box it is assumed that the ambient tempera- ⎛ I ⎞ ⎛ Ipre ⎞
a phase-balance neutral current transformer tures are constant. ⎜ ⎟ −⎜ ⎟
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
(also called core-balance CT).
Thermal overload protection t = τ ⋅ ln 2
⎛ I ⎞
without preload: ⎜ ⎟ −1
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the t = Tripping time after
following tripping characteristic applies only beginning of the
when thermal overload
τ = 35.5 · TL
I ≥ 1.1 · IL Ipre = Preload current
For different thermal time constants TL, the I = Load current
tripping time t is calculated in accordance k = k factor (in accordance
with the following equation: with IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
35 TL = Time multiplier
t= 2
⋅ TL
⎛I⎞ IN = Rated (nominal) current
⎜ ⎟ −1
⎝ IL ⎠
I = Load current
IL = Pickup current
TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of
an upstream (higher-level) protection re-
lay. Breaker failure is detected if after a trip
command, current is still flowing in the
faulted circuit. As an option it is possible
to make use of the circuit-breaker position Fig. 5/40 Tripping characteristics of the negative-sequence protection function
indication.
Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup

I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
The negative-sequence protection (see wired from a manual close contact, it is
Fig. 5/40) detects a phase failure or load possible to switch the overcurrent pickup 5
unbalance due to network asymmetry. settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
Interruptions, short-circuits or crossed grammable duration of time. After the set
connections to the current transformers time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
are detected. matically return to their original setting.
Furthermore, low level single-phase and This can compensate for initial inrush
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults when energizing a circuit without compro-
beyond a transformer) as well as phase mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent
interruptions can be detected. elements during steady state conditions.
This function is especially useful for motors 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure

since negative-sequence currents cause im- (AR, ANSI 79)
permissible overheating of the rotor.
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the reclosing of a feeder which has previously
ratio of negative phase-sequence current to been disconnected by time-overcurrent
rated current is evaluated. protection.
I2 = negative-sequence current Trip circuit supervision
T12 = tripping time (ANSI 74TC)
Transformer protection One or two binary inputs can be used for
trip circuit monitoring.
The high-set element permits current coor-
dination where the overcurrent element Control
functions as a backup for the lower-level
protection relays, and the overload function The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
protects the transformer from thermal over- opened and closed without command feed-
load. Low-current single-phase faults on back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
the low voltage side that result in negative be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
phase-sequence current on the high-voltage HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
side can be detected with the negative- connected to the interface.
sequence protection.

Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a circuit-
breaker by-passing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.
Busbar protection (Reverse interlocking)

Binary inputs can be used to block any of the
six current stages. Parameters are assigned to
decide whether the input circuit is to operate
in open-circuit or closed-circuit mode. In
5 this case, reverse interlocking provides high-
speed busbar protection in radial or ring
power systems that are opened at one point.
The reverse interlocking principle is used, for
example, in medium-voltage power systems
and in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-voltage
outgoing feeders.
Fig. 5/41 Reserve interlocking

Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur when excessive load torque occurs, ex-
cessive voltage drops occur within the motor
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current.
The tripping time is calculated according to
the following equation:
2
⎛I ⎞
tTRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅t start max
⎝ I rms ⎠
IN
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio approx. 0.94
I start
Fig. 5/42 Starting time supervision
tTRIP = tripping time 5

Istart = start-up current of the motor
tstart max = maximum permissible starting
time
Irms = actual current flowing
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)

If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to
thermal overload, especially the upper
edges of the bars. The rotor temperature is
calculated from the stator current and the
temperature characteristic is shown in a
schematic diagram. The reclosing lockout
only permits startup of the motor if the ro-
tor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)

With this function, a sudden drop in cur- Fig. 5/43 Restart inhibit
rent, which may occur due to a reduced
motor load, is detected. This can cause
shaft breakage, no-load operation of
pumps or fan failure. Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) Additional functions
A temperature monitoring box with a total Measured values
of 6 measuring sensors can be used for
temperature monitoring and detection by The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
the protection relay. The thermal status of acquired current and voltage along with the
motors, generators and transformers can be power factor, active and reactive power. The
monitored with this device. Additionally, following functions are available for meas-
the temperature of the bearings of rotating ured value processing:
machines are monitored for limit value vio- • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
lation. The temperatures are measured with
the help of temperature detectors at various
• Voltages VL1, VE (67NS) if existing
locations of the device to be protected. This • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
data is transmitted to the protection relay • Power factor (cos ϕ),
via a temperature monitoring box (also • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
called thermo-box or RTD-box)
reverse power flow
(see “Accessories”).
• Mean as well as minimum and maxi-
mum current, voltage and power values

Communication
With respect to communication, particular Fig. 5/44
emphasis has been placed on high levels of RS232/RS485 electrical
communication module
LSP2163-afp.eps
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability.
Local PC interface
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is fitted with an
RS232 PC front port. A PC can be con-
nected to ease set-up of the relay using the
Windows-based program DIGSI which
runs under MS-Windows. It can also be Fig. 5/45
used to evaluate up to 8 oscillographic fault PROFIBUS fiber-optic double ring
records, 8 fault logs and 1 event log con- communication module
taining up to 30 events.
5 System interface on bottom of the unit
LSP2164-afp.eps
A communication module located on the
bottom part of the unit incorporates op-
tional equipment complements and readily
permits retrofitting. It guarantees the ability
to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces.
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or a protection
system and supports a variety of commu-
nication protocols and interface designs,
depending on the module connected.
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers. Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.

Typical connections 7SJ6021/7SJ6025
CT connections
Fig. 5/47 Standard
• Phase current measured
• Earth current measured
(e. g. core balance CT)
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
• Connection of 3 CTs with residual
connection for neutral fault
Fig. 5/49 • Isolated networks only
Fig. 5/47
Connection of 4 CTs with
measurement of the earth 5
(ground) current
Fig. 5/48
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault
Fig. 5/49
Connection of 2 CTs
only for isolated or
resonant-earthed
(grounded) power
systems

Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026
Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
5 of the sensitive earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/52
Fig. 5/51 Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
Connection of 3 CTs with directional measurement of the earth (ground)
earth (ground)-fault detection current and one phase voltage
Fig. 5/53 Example of typical wiring

Technical data
General unit data Alarm relays 1

CT circuits Contacts per relay 1 NO/NC (form A/B)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (settable) Switching capacity
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A or < 8 A (settable) Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) 25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms
Power consumption Switching voltage 250 V
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA
at IN = 5 A < 0.3 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
For sensitive earth-fault Approx. 0.05 VA Binary inputs
detection at 1 A
Number 3 (configurable)
Overload capability
Thermal (r.m.s) 100 x IN for 1 s Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
30 x IN for 10 s Current consumption, Approx. 1.8 mA
4 x IN continuous independent of operating voltage
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Pickup threshold, selectable via
Overload capability if equipped bridges
with sensitive earth-fault current Rated aux. voltage
transformer
Thermal (r.m.s.) 300 A for 1 s
24/48/60/110 V DC Vpickup ≥ 19 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC Vpickup ≥ 88 V DC
5
100 A for 10 s Permissible maximum voltage 300 V DC
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Connection (with screws)
Current terminals
Voltage transformer
Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 11 mm, d1 = 5 mm
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V
Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Power consumption at VN = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Overload capability in voltage connector sleeve
path (phase-neutral voltage) Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous
Voltage terminals
Power supply Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 10 mm, d1 = 4 mm
Power supply via integrated Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
DC/DC converter Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24/48 V DC/± 20 % connector sleeve
permissible variations 60/110 V DC/± 20 % Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
110/125/220/250 V DC/± 20 %
Unit design
115 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 %
230 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 % Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
to dimension drawings, part 15
Superimposed AC voltage,
peak-to-peak Degree of protection
At rated voltage ≤ 12 % acc. to EN 60529
At limits of admissible voltage ≤6% For the device
in surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption Approx. 3 to 6 W, depending on
in flush-mounting housing
operational status and selected
front IP 51
auxiliary voltage
rear IP 20
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V AC/DC
For personal safety IP 2x with closed protection cover
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Weight
Binary outputs Flush mounting/ Approx. 4 kg
Trip relays 4 (configurable) cubicle mounting
Contacts per relay 1 NO/form A Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
(Two contacts changeable to
NC/form B, via jumpers) Serial interfaces
Switching capacity Operating interface
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive Connection At front side, non-isolated, RS232,
25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms 9-pin subminiature connector
Switching voltage 250 V Operation With DIGSI 4.3 or higher
Permissible current Transmission speed As delivered 19200 baud, parity: 8E1
Continuous 5A Min. 1200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A Max. 19200 baud
Permissible total current Distance 15 m
For common potential:
Continuous 5A
For 0.5 s 30 A

Technical data
System interface (bottom of unit) System interface (bottom of unit), cont’d

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol MODBUS RTU / ASCII
Connection Isolated interface for data transmission Isolated interface for data transfer
Transmission rate Min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud to a control center
As delivered 9600 baud Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
RS232/RS485 acc. to ordered Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4
version RS485
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector on the Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
bottom part of the housing
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Test voltage 500 V AC recommended
RS232 maximum distance 15 m Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
RS485 maximum distance 1000 m Fiber-optic
Fiber-optic Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
Connector type ST connector on the bottom part optic connection
of the housing Optical wavelength 820 nm
5 Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 μm
Laser class 1 acc. to For glass fiber 50/125 µm or 62.5/125 μm
EN 60825-1/-2 or 62.5/125 µm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Bridgeable distance Max. 1.5 km Idle state of interface “Light off”
No character position Selectable, setting as supplied
„light off”
Electrical tests
PROFIBUS-DP
Specifications
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud Insulation tests
Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4 High-voltage tests (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50 Hz
all circuits except for auxiliary
RS485 voltage, binary inputs and
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector communication interfaces
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; High-voltage tests (routine test) 3.5 kV DC
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; Auxiliary voltage and binary in-
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud puts
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth High-voltage tests (routine test) 500 V (r.m.s. value); 50 Hz
Fiber optic only isolated communication
interfaces
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection Impulse voltage tests (type test) 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
all circuits, except 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm communication interfaces intervals of 5 s
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 μm
or 62.5/125 μm
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22,
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
(product standard)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles DIN 57435 Part 303
Idle state of interface Settable, setting as supplied “light off” High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 μs; 400 surges per s;
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge,
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities, 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III duration > 10 s
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz,
field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % PM

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (cont’d) Mechanical stress tests
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; During operation
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
test duration 1 min and IEC 60068-2
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5, class III Pulse: 1.2/50 µs Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit (common IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm ampli-
mode): 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Across contacts (diff. mode): 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measuring inputs, From circuit to circuit (common
binary inputs/outputs mode): 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF; Shock Half-sine,
Across contacts (diff. mode): IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF 3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) 5
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), (horizontal axis)
capability 1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; duration 2 s (vertical axis)
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω; Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
capability 50 surges per s, both polarities; During transportation
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and IEC 60068-2
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2 IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value), IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12 polarity alternating Sweep rate 1 octave/min
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Ri = 200 Ω; Shock Half-sine,
EMC tests interference emission; type tests IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted interferences, 150 kHz to 30 MHz Continuous shock Half-sine,
only auxiliary voltage limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC/CISPR 22 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC/CISPR 22 limit class B
Harmonic currents on incoming Unit belongs to class D Climatic stress tests
lines of system at 230 V AC (applies only to units with > 50 VA
IEC 61000-3-2 power consumption) Temperatures
Voltage fluctuation and flicker Limit values are adhered to Recommended temperature
range on incoming lines of system During operation –5 °C to +55 °C /23 °F to 131 °F,
at 230 V AC (> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
IEC 61000-3-3 Limit temperature
During operation –20 °C to +70 °C /–4 °F to 158 °F
During storage –25 °C to +55 °C /–13 °F to 131 °F
During transport –25 °C to +70 °C /–13 °F to 158 °F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: ≤ 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity, condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.

Technical data
Functions Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)

Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Setting ranges/steps
Setting ranges/steps Low-set overcurrent element
Low-set overcurrent element Phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Earth IEp I/IN = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Earth IE> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
High-set overcurrent element (IEC charac.) Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ (ANSI charac.) D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Instantaneous tripping High-set overcurrent element
Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>>, Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞
IE>> and I>>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Instantaneous tripping
The set times are pure delay times Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Delay time TI>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 25 ms Tripping time characteristic
without meas. repetition acc. to IEC See page 5/33
5 At 2 x setting value, Approx. 35 ms Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
with meas. repetition
Reset threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
Pickup times for I>>> Approx. 15 ms alternatively disk emulation
at 2 x setting value
Dropout time
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Approx. 40 ms 50 Hz Approx. 50 ms
Reset time I>>> Approx. 50 ms 60 HZ Approx. 60 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
Tolerances rated value
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
IE>, IE>> rated value and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance;
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms at least 30 ms
Influencing variables Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range: Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Temperature, range:
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F -23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range Frequency, range:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % time value
Harmonics Tripping characteristic
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% acc. to ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1% Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
alternatively disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
30 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range:
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value

Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault protection (directional/non-directional) Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), cont’d
Definite-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns) Temperature, range:
Setting ranges/steps -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Low-set element IEE> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
or ∞ (deactivated) Frequency, range: ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 time value
or ∞ (deactivated) Tripping characteristic acc. to
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>>
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x IEEp
At 2 x setting value Approx. 35 ms alternatively disk emulation
without meas. repetition
Tolerances
At 2 x setting value Approx. 55 ms Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
with meas. repetition rated value
Reset times IEE>, IEE>> Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
At 50 Hz Approx. 65 ms and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
At 60 Hz Approx. 95 ms 30 ms
Reset ratios
Overshot time
Approx. 0.95
Approx. 55 ms
5
Tolerances 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Pickup values IEE>, IEE>> 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Temperature, range:
rated value -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Direction detection (ANSI 67Ns)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Direction measurement IE, VE (measured)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Measuring principle Active/reactive measurement
Frequency, ranges: Measuring enable
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.2
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
Harmonics Reset ratio Approx. 0.8
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
Up to 10 % of 5rd harmonic ≤1%
Direction vector -45 ° to +45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns)
Dropout delay TReset Delay 1 to 60 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEEp I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.4 (steps 0.001) Angle correction for cable In 2 operating points F1 and F2
converter
Time multiplier for IEEp Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s) (for resonant-earthed system)
(IEC characteristic)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Time multiplier for IEEp D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
(ANSI characteristic) Current values I1, I2
For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.6
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
or ∞ (deactivated)
Measuring tolerance 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Delay time T for IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) acc. to DIN 57435
Tripping time characteristic Angle tolerance 3°
acc. to IEC See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x IEEp Displacement voltage (ANSI 64)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.03 x IEEp Displacement voltage, measured VE >/VN = 0.02 to 1.3 (steps 0.001)
alternatively disk emulation Measuring time Approx. 60 ms
Dropout time Pickup delay time 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
50 Hz Approx. 50 ms Time delay 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
60 Hz Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of rated Measuring tolerance
value VE (measured) 3 % of setting value, or 0.3 V
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value Operating time tolerances 1 % of setting value, or 10 ms
and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; The set times are pure delay times
at least 30 ms
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%

Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges Setting ranges/steps
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Thermal warning stage 50 to 99 % referred to trip Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Θalarm/Θtrip temperature rise (steps 1 %) Pickup times at fN = 50 Hz at fN = 60 Hz
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 60 ms Approx. 75 ms
stand-still kτ But with currents I/IN > 1.5
Reset ratios (overcurrent case) or negative-
Θ/Θtrip Reset below 0.99 Θalarm sequence current < (set value
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 +0.1 x IN) Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Tolerances Reset times
Referring to k · IN ±5% Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 35 ms Approx. 42 ms
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Reset ratios
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 0.9 to 0.01 x IN
5 Influencing variables Tolerances

Auxiliary DC voltage, range Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Temperature, range Current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) ± 1 % but min. 10 ms
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload Temperature, range
Setting ranges –5 °C ≤ Θamb +40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Pickup value IL/IN = 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Frequency, range
Time multiplier tL (= t6 -time) 1 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s)
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1 % of IN
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
Tolerances
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Referring to pickup ± 5 % of setting value or 5 %
Number of possible shots 1 to 9, configurable
threshold 1.1 IL of rated value
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Auto-reclosure modes 3-pole
Influencing variables Dead times for 1st and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Blocking time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Temperature, range Lock-out time after unsuccessful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Breaker failure protection
Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Pickup of current element CB I>/IN = 0.04 to 1.0 (steps 0.01) Control
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s) Number of devices 1
Pickup times (with internal start) is contained in the delay time Evaluation of breaker contact None
(via control) is contained in the delay time
(with external start) is contained in the delay time
Dropout time Approx. 25 ms
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms

Technical data
Motor protection Thermo-box (instead of system interface) (ANSI 38)

Setting ranges/steps Number of temperature sensors Max. 6
Rated motor current/ Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
transformer rated current Imotor/IN = 0.2 to 1.2
(in steps of 0.1) Installation drawing “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator”
or “Bearing” or “Other”
Start-up current of the motor Istart/Imotor = 0.4 to 20
(in steps of 0.1) Limit values for indications
For each measuring detector
Permissible start-up time tstart max 1 to 360 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Warning temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48) (stage 1) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Pickup threshold Ipickup/Imotor = 0.4 to 20 Alarm temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
(in steps of 0.1) (stage 2) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Tripping time characteristic 2
⎛I ⎞
t TRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max
⎝ Irms ⎠ Additional functions
Operational measured values
5
For Irms > Ipickup
Istart = Start-up current of the For currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE
motor in A (Amps) primary or in % IN
Irms = Current actually flowing Range 10 to 240 % IN
Ipickup = Pickup threshold, from Tolerance 3 % of measured value
which the motor start-up For voltages VL1-E, in kV primary or in %
is detected Range 10 to 120 % of VN
tstart max = Maximum permissible Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
starting time
tTRIP = Tripping time
For sensitive earth-current IEE, IEEac, IEEreac
detection (r.m.s., active and reactive current)
Reset ratio Irms/Ipickup Approx. 0.94 in A (kA) primary, or in %
Tolerances Range 0 to 160 % IEEN
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % rated Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
value Power/work
S Apparent power in kVA, MVA, GVA
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66/86)
S/VA (apparent power) For V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Setting ranges/steps typically < 6 %
Rotor temperature compensation 0 to 60 min (in steps of 0.1min)
time TCOMP P Active power, in kW, MW, GW
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) P/Watts (active power) For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
time Trestart < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Maximum permissible number 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Q Reactive power, In kvar, Mvar, Gvar
of warm starts nw Q/Var (reactive power) For |sin ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
warm start nc - nw cos ϕ, total and phase-selective -1 to +1
Extension factor for cooling 1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Power factor cos ϕ For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
simulation of the rotor <5%
(running and stop)
nc − 1 Metering
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
nc + Wp kWh In kWh, MWh, GWh forward
Θrestart = Temperature limit
- Wp kWh In kWh reverse
below which restarting
+ Wq kvarh In kvarh inductive
is possible
- Wq kvarh In kvarh, Mvarh, Gvarh capacitive
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term mean values
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operational Mean values 15, 30, 60 minutes mean values
measured value IL1 dmd in A, kA Pdmd in kW
Θrot/Θrot trip) IL2 dmd in A, kA Qdmd in kvar
nc = Number of permissible IL3 dmd in A, kA Sdmd in kVA
start-ups from cold
state

Threshold IL < /IN = 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay time for IL< 0 to 320 s (in steps of 0.1 s)

Technical data
Min/max. LOG (memory) CE conformity

Measured values With date and time This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
Reset automatic Time of day (settable in minutes) munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
Time range (settable in days; to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
1 to 365, ∞) and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
Reset manual Via binary input
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
Via keyboard
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Via communication
Part 303).
Min./max. values of primary cur- IL1; IL2; IL3
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
rents
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Min./max. values of primary volt- VL1-E
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
ages
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
Min./max. values of power S Apparent Power the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
P Active power and standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Q Reactive power
Power factor cos ϕ
5
Min./max. values of primary cur-
rents mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Min./max. values of power mean
value Pdmd, Qdmd, Sdmd
Fault event log
Storage Storage of the last 8 faults
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
indications 1s
Resolution for fault event
indications 1 ms
Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Fault recording
Storage Storage of max. 8 fault events
Total storage time (fault detection Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
or trip command = 0 ms) post-fault time
Max. storage period per fault
event Tmax 0.30 s to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Sampling rate at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per ms
Sampling rate at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
Backup battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR ½ AA
Self-discharge time > 5 years
“Battery fault” battery charge warn-
ing

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ö¨¨ – ö¨
motor protection relay
Measuring inputs (4 x I), default settings
IN = 1 A1), 15th position only with A 1
IN = 5 A1), 15th position only with A 5
Measuring inputs (1 x V, 3 x I), default settings

See next
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.003 to 1.5 A), page
15th position only with B and J 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.015 to 7.5 A),
15th position only with B and J 6
Auxiliary voltage
24/48 V DC, binary input threshold 19 V 2
60/110 V DC2), binary input threshold 19 V3) 4
110/125/220/250 V DC, 115/230 V AC2) binary input threshold 88 V3) 5
Unit design 5
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
Region-specific default and language settings

Region World, 50/60 Hz, ANSI/IEC characteristic,
languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Russian B
System port (on bottom of unit)

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS4854) 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
Command (without process check back signal)

Without command 0
With command 1
Measuring / fault recording

Oscillographic fault recording 1
Oscillographic fault recording, slave pointer, mean values, min./max. values 3

means of jumpers.
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer
to part 13.


7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602o-ooooo-oooo
motor protection relay
ANSI No. Description
Basic version
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
1)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F A
Basic version + directional ground/earth-fault detection
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
5 46
Cold load pickup
Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F B 2)
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring

50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
2)
Voltage and power measuring F J
Basic version + motor protection
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
1)
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
Basic version + directional ground/earth fault protection + motor protection
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
Cold load pickup
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring + motor protection
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
Voltage and power measuring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H J
Auto-reclosure (ARC)
1) Only with position 7 = 1 or 5
Without auto-reclosure ARC 0
2) Only with position 7 = 2 or 6 79 With auto-reclosure ARC 1

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition,
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00 5
Temperature monitoring box
24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Connecting cable (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ602

English please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
Spanish please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
Description Order No. Size of Supplier

LSP2093-afp.eps
package
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Voltage/current terminal 8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens

for current terminals Short-circuit links
LSP2289-afp.eps
For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Your local Siemens representative
can inform you on local suppliers.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/54

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/55

Dimension drawings in mm / inch
Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Side view / screw-type terminals View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 17/20
7SJ602 with7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting,
terminals at rear
Fig. 17/21
7SJ602 with 7XP20 housing
for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
SIPV6_116.eps
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection
• Overload protection 5
• Temperature monitoring
Fig. 5/56 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay
with text (left) and graphic display • Negative-sequence protection
• Auto-reclosure
• Lockout
Description Control functions/programmable logic

• Commands for control of a
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 relays can be used circuit-breaker and of isolators
for line protection of high and medium • Position of switching elements is shown
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
on the graphic display
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com-
pensated neutral point. When protecting • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
motors, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 is suitable DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
for asynchronous machines of all sizes. • User-defined logic with CFC
The relay performs all functions of backup (e.g. interlocking)
protection supplementary to transformer
differential protection.
• Operational measured values I
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
breaker, further switching devices and
• Slave pointer
automation functions. The integrated
programmable logic (CFC) allows the
• Time metering of operating hours
user to implement their own functions, • Trip circuit supervision
e. g. for the automation of switchgear • 8 oscillographic fault records
(interlocking). The user is also allowed • Motor statistics
to generate user-defined messages.
Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces • System interface
are open for modern communication – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
architectures with control systems. – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/8/11 binary inputs
• 4/8/6 output relays

Application
LSA2959-egpen.eps
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 unit is a numerical Line protection Backup protection

protection relay that also performs control The relay is a non-directional overcurrent re- The 7SJ61can be used universally for backup
and monitoring functions and therefore sup- lay which can be used for line protection of protection.
ports the user in cost-effective power system high and medium-voltage networks with
management, and ensures reliable supply of earthed (grounded), low-resistance earthed, Flexible protection functions
electric power to the customers. Local opera- isolated or compensated neutral point.
tion has been designed according to ergo- By configuring a connection between a
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read display standard protection logic and any measured
Motor protection or derived quantity, the functional scope of
was a major design aim.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ61 relay is the relays can be easily expanded by up to
Control suitable for asynchronous machines of all 20 protection stages or protection functions.
sizes.
The integrated control function permits con- Metering values
trol of disconnect devices, earthing switches Transformer protection
or circuit-breakers via the integrated opera- Extensive measured values, limit values and
tor panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the con- The relay performs all functions of backup metered values permit improved system
trol and protection system (e.g. SICAM). The protection supplementary to transformer management.
present status (or position) of the primary differential protection. The inrush sup-
equipment can be displayed, in case of de- pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
vices with graphic display. A full range of rush currents.
command processing functions is provided. The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
Programmable logic tion faults on the transformer.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.

Application

IE>, IE>>, IE>>>
50Ns, 51Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Sensitive earth-fault protection
– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)
– IE> Intermittent earth fault
87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) 5

51M Load jam protection
14 Locked rotor protection
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box),

Construction
Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack size (text display variants) and
1/2-rack size (graphic display variants) are
the available housing widths of the 7SJ61
relays referred to a 19" module frame sys-
tem. This means that previous models can
always be replaced. The height is a uniform
244 mm for flush-mounting housings and
266 mm for surface-mounting housing. All
LSP2099-afpen.eps
cables can be connected with or without

ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing. Fig. 5/59 Rear view with screw-type, 1/3-rack size

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Three
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
5 Fig. 5/60 Fig. 5/61

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint Flexible protection functions

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint. The 7SJ61 units enable the user to easily
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during add on up to 20 protective functions. To
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di- this end, parameter definitions are used to
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional normal elements (I>, Ip) are link a standard protection logic with any
When using the reset characteristic (disk blocked. chosen characteristic quantity (measured
emulation), a reset process is initiated after or derived quantity). The standard logic
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change consists of the usual protection elements
process corresponds to the reverse move- For time-overcurrent protection functions such as the pickup message, the parameter-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome- the initiation thresholds and tripping times definable delay time, the TRIP command,
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation). can be switched via binary inputs or by a blocking possibility, etc. The mode of
time control. operation for current quantities can be
User-definable characteristics three-phase or single-phase. The quantities
Instead of the predefined time characteris- can be operated as greater than or less than
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris- stages. All stages operate with protection
tics can be defined by the user for phase and priority. Protection stages/functions attain-
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/ able on the basis of the available character-
time value pairs may be programmed. They istic quantities:
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in Function ANSI No.
DIGSI 4.
I>, IE> 50, 50N
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1> 50N, 46
Binary input

Settable dropout delay times

If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50Ns, mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
51Ns/50N, 51N) tent faults, the long dropout times of the
electromechanical devices (several hundred
For high-resistance earthed networks, a
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
sensitive input transformer is connected to
of time grading. Clean time grading is only
a phase-balance neutral current trans-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
former (also called core-balance CT).
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
The function can also be operated in the in- out times can be defined for certain functions
sensitive mode as an additional short- circuit such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
protection. short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
Fig. 5/62 High-impedance restricted
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults user and lockout will occur if a fault is earth-fault protection
either simply cease at some stage or develop present after the last reclosure. The follow-
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit- ing functions are possible:
overload function is automatically adapted
5
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults to the ambient conditions. If there is no
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal • Separate settings for phase and earth faults RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect temperatures are constant.
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure
and interrupt the current pulses, some of (RAR) and up to nine delayed auto- High-impedance restricted earth-fault
which can be very brief. reclosures (DAR) protection (ANSI 87N)
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip The high-impedance measurement princi-
duration of the individual pulses and by command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51) ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
triggering when a (settable) summed time is • Blocking option of the ARC via binary
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
inputs plied to motors, generators and reactors
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC when these are operated on an earthed net-
period.
work.
• The overcurrent elements can either be
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) blocked or operated non-delayed depend- When the high-impedance measurement
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is ing on the auto-reclosure cycle principle is applied, all current transform-
ers in the protected area are connected in
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip • Dynamic setting change of the
parallel and operated on one common re-
command, another command can be initi- overcurrent elements can be activated de- sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
ated using the breaker failure protection pending on the ready AR measured (see Fig. 5/61). In the case of
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
upstream (higher-level) protection relay. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) tecting the current through the (external)
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com- For protecting cables and transformers, resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted an overload protection with an integrated ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
circuit. As an option it is possible to make use pre-warning element for temperature and limit the voltage in the event of an internal
of the circuit-breaker position indication. current can be applied. The temperature is fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
calculated using a thermal homogeneous- age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) tion. At the same time, this results in
body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
(Negative-sequence protection) smoothing of the voltage without any
which takes account both of the energy en-
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
In line protection, the two-element phase- tering the equipment and the energy losses. If no faults have occurred and in the event
balance current/negative-sequence protec- The calculated temperature is constantly of external faults, the system is at equilib-
tion permits detection on the high side of adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is rium, and the voltage through the resistor
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and taken of the previous load and the load is approximately zero. In the event of in-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low fluctuations. ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch leads to a voltage and a current flow
For thermal protection of motors (espe-
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec- through the resistor R.
cially the stator) a further time constant
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
can be set so that the thermal ratios can be The current transformers must be of the
transformer.
detected correctly while the motor is rotat- same type and must at least offer a separate
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient core for the high-impedance restricted
temperature or the temperature of the earth-fault protection. They must in par-
coolant can be detected serially via an ex- ticular have the same transformation ratio
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis- and an approximately identical knee-point
tance-temperature detector box, also called voltage. They should also demonstrate only
RTD-box). The thermal replica of the minimal measuring errors.
Protection functions/Functions
n Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the
motor against long unwanted start-ups
that might occur when excessive load
torque occurs, excessive voltage drops
occur within the motor or if the rotor is
locked. Rotor temperature is calculated
from measured stator current. The trip-
ping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠
I = Actual current flowing
5 IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start Fig. 5/63
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Motor statistics
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current (2 times, Sudden high loads can cause slowing down Essential information on start-up of the mo-
for warm and cold motor) and blocking of the motor and mechanical tor (duration, current, voltage) and general
damages. The rise of current due to a load information on number of starts, total oper-
The characteristic (equation) can be adapt- jam is being monitored by this function ating time, total down time, etc. are saved as
ed optimally to the state of the motor by (alarm and tripping). The overload protec- statistics in the device.
applying different tripping times TA in tion function is too slow and therefore not
dependence of either cold or warm motor suitable under these circumstances. Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
state. For differentiation of the motor state Methods for determining circuit-breaker
the thermal model of the rotor is applied. Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) contact wear or the remaining service life
(Negative-sequence protection) of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte-
If the trip time is rated according to the
above formula, even a prolonged start-up The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur- nance intervals to be aligned to their actual
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up rent protection detects a phase failure or load degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced
current) will be evaluated correctly. The unbalance due to network asymmetry and maintenance costs.
tripping time is inverse (current depend- protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
There is no mathematically exact method
ent). perature rise.
of calculating the wear or the remaining
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86) service life of circuit-breakers that takes
detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous into account the arc-chamber's physical
tripping is effected. If a motor is started up too many times in conditions when the CB opens. This is why
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther- various methods of determining CB wear
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) mal overload, especially the upper edges of have evolved which reflect the different op-
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
Up to 2 temperature monitoring boxes with from the stator current. The reclosing lock- the devices offer several methods:
a total of 12 measuring sensors can be used out only permits start-up of the motor if the
for temperature monitoring and detection by rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a • I
the protection relay. The thermal status of complete start- up (see Fig. 5/62). • Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
motors, generators and transformers can be
monitored with this device. Additionally, the Emergency start-up • Σ i 2t
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- The devices additionally offer a new
chines are monitored for limit value viola- This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the method for determining the remaining
tion. The temperatures are being measured service life:
with the help of temperature detectors at var- thermal replica as long as the binary input is
active. It is also possible to reset the thermal • Two-point method
ious locations of the device to be protected.
This data is transmitted to the protection re- replica to zero.
lay via one or two temperature monitoring
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/78).
With this function, a sudden drop in current,
that can occur due to a reduced motor load, is
detected. This may be due to shaft breakage,
no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.

The status of primary equipment or auxil-

iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ61
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/63) and
detect and indicate both the OPEN and
the breaking current at the time of contact
CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
opening serve as the basis for this method.
ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
After CB opening, the two-point method
position.
calculates the number of still possible
switching cycles. To this end, the two The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on controlled via:
the device. These are specified in the CB's
technical data. – integrated operator panel
– binary inputs
All of these methods are phase-selective and – substation control and protection system
a limit value can be set in order to obtain an – DIGSI 4
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
ceeds the limit value during determination Automation / user-defined logic
of the remaining service life.
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
Commissioning
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa- 5
Commissioning could hardly be easier and tion. Functions are activated via function
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of keys, binary input or via communication Fig. 5/64 CB switching cycle diagram
the binary inputs can be read individually interface.
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch- Switching authority Assignment of feedback to command
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
Switching authority is determined accord- The positions of the circuit-breaker or
devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing to parameters and communication. switching devices and transformer taps are
ing functions of the bay controller. The
analog measured values are represented as If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local acquired by feedback. These indication in-
wide-ranging operational measured values. switching operations are possible. The fol- puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
lowing sequence of switching authority is ing command outputs. The unit can there-
To prevent transmission of information to fore distinguish whether the indication
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
the control center during maintenance, the change is a consequence of switching opera-
“REMOTE”.
bay controller communications can be dis- tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
abled to prevent unnecessary data from being Command processing state.
transmitted. During commissioning, all indi- All the functionality of command process-
cations with test marking for test purposes ing is offered. This includes the processing Chatter disable
can be connected to a control and protection of single and double commands with or
system. Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
without feedback, sophisticated monitor- a configured period of time, the number of
ing of the control hardware and software, status changes of indication input exceeds a
Test operation
checking of the external process, control specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
During commissioning, all indications can actions using functions such as runtime input is blocked for a certain period, so that
be passed to an automatic control system for monitoring and automatic command ter- the event list will not record excessive opera-
test purposes. mination after output. Here are some typi- tions.
cal applications:
n Control and automatic functions
• Single and double commands using 1,
Control 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
In addition to the protection functions, the • User-definable bay interlocks
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
• Operating sequences combining several
and monitoring functions that are required
switching operations such as control of
for operating medium-voltage or high-
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
voltage substations.
earthing switches
The main application is reliable control of • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
switching and other processes. cations or alarm by combination with
existing information

Metered values
Functions
If an external meter with a metering pulse
Indication filtering and delay output is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit
can obtain and process metering pulses via
Binary indications can be filtered or de-
an indication input.
layed.
The metered values can be displayed and
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
passed on to a control center as an accumu-
potential at the indication input. The indica-
lation with reset.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
Switchgear cubicles
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for high/medium voltage
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres- All units are designed specifically to meet
ent after this time. the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
Indication derivation
In general, no separate measuring instru-
A further indication (or a command) can be ments or additional control components
derived from an existing indication. Group are necessary.
5 indications can also be formed. The volume
LSP2077f.eps
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns) Fig. 5/65
• Symmetrical components NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
I1, I2, 3I0
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.

System interface protocols (retrofittable)

Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con- the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automation control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit- to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run. protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible directly between bay units so as to set up sim-
to optimally integrate units into the changing ple masterless systems for bay and system in-
communication infrastructure, for example terlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
increasingly in the power supply sector in the
years to come). IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-

Fig. 5/66
national standard for the transmission of
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
protective data and fault recordings. All
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can messages from the unit and also control
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- commands can be transferred by means of 5
tection operation program. Commissioning published, Siemens-specific extensions to
tools and fault analysis are also built into the the protocol.
program and are available through this inter- Redundant solutions are also possible.
face. Optionally it is possible to read out and alter
individual parameters (only possible with the
Rear-mounted interfaces1) redundant module).
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be fit- PROFIBUS-DP protocol
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the protocol in industrial automation. Via
modules can be easily replaced by the user. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
The interface modules support the follow- information available to a SIMATIC control-
ing applications: ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
• Time synchronization interface mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
All units feature a permanently integrated values can also be transferred.
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in MODBUS RTU protocol Fig. 5/67
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units This uncomplicated, serial protocol is Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
via time synchronization receivers. mainly used in industry and by power sup- and IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
• System interface ply corporations, and is supported by a
Communication with a central control number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
system takes place through this interface. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
Radial or ring type station bus topologies their information available to a master or
can be configured depending on the cho- receiving information from it.
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can A time-stamped event list is available.
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for
remote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS485 or an optical inter-
face. For special applications, a maximum
of two temperature monitoring boxes
(RTD-box) can be connected to this inter-
face as an alternative.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings

please refer to note on page 5/77.

Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations use the serial
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol) for
the station and network control levels.
SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.
System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/65).
Fig. 5/67
Because of the standardized interfaces, System solution/communication
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
LSP3.01-0021.tif
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Fig. 5/68
of units of other manufacturers to the Optical Ethernet communication module
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/66).

Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/69
Residual current
circuit
5
Fig. 5/70
Sensitive earth
current detection

Typical applications
Overview of connection types

Type of network Function Current connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phase/earth non-directional required, phase-balance neutral current transformer
possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
transformers required
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase
phases non-directional current transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Phase-balance neutral current transformers
protection required
Compensated networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
5
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.
Fig. 5/71 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

Technical data
General unit data Electrical tests

Measuring circuits Specification
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Standards IEC 60255
Current transformer ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
UL508
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable)
Insulation tests
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A
Power consumption
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase all circuits except for auxiliary
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization
Overload capability
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
30 x Inom for 10 s Communication ports 500 V AC
4 x Inom continuous and time synchronization
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
Overload capability if equipped with all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
ports and time synchronization,
class III
at intervals of 5 s 5
100 A for 10 s EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V DIN 57435 Part 303
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–330 V IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
AC 92–138 V 184–265 V and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Ripple voltage, peak-to-peak ≤ 12 % Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
Quiescent Approx. 3 W and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Energized Approx. 7 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC field, non-modulated
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Binary inputs/indication inputs field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611, 7SJ612,
7SJ613 7SJ614 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
Number 3 8 11 IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Voltage range 24–250 V DC Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Pickup threshold Modifiable by plug-in jumpers IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Pickup threshold DC 19 V 88 V
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/125 V 110/220/250 V
High-energy surge voltages
Response time/drop-out time Approx. 3.5 ms (Surge)
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) IEC 61000-4-5; class III
energized Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
Binary outputs/command outputs
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611, 7SJ612, across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
7SJ613 7SJ614
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
Number command/indication relay 4 8 6 amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A IEC 61000-4-6, class III
indication relay (2 contacts changeable to Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
NC/form B, via jumpers) IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
A/B Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Permissible current 5 A continuous, 30 A for 0.5 s making
current, 2000 switching cycles

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s Temperatures
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humi-
It is recommended to arrange the dity; on 56 days a year up to 95 %
5 Units with a detached operator
panel must be installed in a metal
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Mechanical stress tests Unit design
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Housing 7XP20
During operation Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Weight
1/3 19’’, surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
1/3 19’’, flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration 1/2 19’’, surface-mounting housing 7.5 kg
frequency sweep 1 octave/min 1/2 19’’, flush-mounting housing 6.5 kg
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Degree of protection
Shock Semi-sinusoidal acc. to EN 60529
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms; Surface-mounting housing IP 51
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Operator safety IP 2x with cover
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Serial interfaces
(vertical axis) Operating interface (front of unit)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
(horizontal axis) 9-pin subminiature connector
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
(vertical axis) min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
During transportation Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; RS232/RS485
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
Connection
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C”
Shock Semi-sinusoidal detached operator panel
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal top/bottom part
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
of 3 axes
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) PROFIBUS-FMS/DP

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B to a control center
to a control center Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud, RS485
Connection
RS232/RS485 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
Connection
detached operator panel
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
detached operator panel top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
top/bottom part
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Fiber optic 5
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connection
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
optic connection surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/99
with two-tier terminal on the Optical wavelength 820 nm
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
RS485 to a control center
Connection Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For surface-mounting housing (not available) For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
with two-tier terminal on the surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
top/bottom part detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
IEC 61850 protocol
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 recommended
- to a control center
- with DIGSI Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 100 Mbit Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
Ethernet, electrical connection
Connection Two RJ45 connectors surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B" detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/77
Ethernet, optical Permissible path attenuaion Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Connection Integr. LC connector for FO connection Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
Distance 1.5 km/0.9 miles

Technical data
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Inrush blocking

Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>,
(SUB-D) Ip, IEp
(terminal with surface-mounting Lower function limit phases At least one phase current
housing) (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA 1)
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) Lower function limit earth Earth current (50 Hz and 100 Hz)
Functions ≥ 125 mA 1)
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Upper function limit (setting range) 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
(ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) Dynamic setting change
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) Controllable function Pickup, tripping time
Setting ranges Start criteria Current criteria,
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) CB position via aux. contacts,
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) binary input,
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) auto-reclosure ready
5 Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Time control 3 timers
Times Current criteria Current threshold
Pickup times (without inrush (reset on dropping below threshold;
restraint, with inrush restraint monitoring with timer)
+ 10 ms) (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50 Ns, 51Ns)
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Setting ranges
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Tolerances For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Times
(ANSI 51) (L1 and L3) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Setting ranges Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
(IEC characteristics)
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Trip characteristics User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, current and delay time values
extremely inverse, long inverse Setting ranges
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup threshold IEEp
moderately inverse, very inverse, For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
extremely inverse, definite inverse For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value User defined
pairs of current and time delay Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout setting Times
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) Pickup threshold
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
30 ms Dropout times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value ≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual
30 ms Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
(I / k ⋅I nom) −( I pre / k ⋅I nom )

High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase 2 2
overcurrent protection Tripping characteristic t = τ th⋅ ln

(I / k ⋅I nom) −1
2
Setting ranges For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) t = Tripping time
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) τth = Temperature rise time constant
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times I = Load current
Pickup times Ipre = Preload current
Minimum Approx. 20 ms k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
protection relay
Tolerances
Dropout ratios
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
5 % of setting value or
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Tolerances 5
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold
1) Number of reclosures 0 to 9
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Program for phase fault
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, negative
gation time sequence, binary input
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Program for earth fault
mulation time Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, sensitive
earth-fault protection, binary input
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
accumulation Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
three-phase fault detected by a protec-
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
tive element, binary input,
intermittent earth fault
last TRIP command after the reclosing
Times cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Pickup times reclosing),
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms TRIP command by the breaker failure
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms protection (50BF),
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms opening the CB without ARC
initiation,
Tolerances external CLOSE command
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Setting ranges
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) (separate for phase and earth
Setting ranges and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
CLOSE detection
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference reclosure
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) dynamic blocking
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ factor constant with the machine running time
(in steps of 0.1) Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
The delay times of the following protection function can be altered
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip,
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp

Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) (cont'd) Times

Additional functions Lockout (final trip), Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
delay of dead-time start via binary Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
input (monitored), Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
dead-time extension via binary input Tolerances
(monitored), Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
co-ordination with other protection Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
relays, Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
circuit-breaker monitoring,
evaluation of the CB contacts Setting ranges
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges (IEC characteristics)
Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics)
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A1)
Times
Pickup times Trip characteristics
with internal start is contained in the delay time IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
5 with external start is contained in the delay time extremely inverse

Dropout times Approx. 25 ms ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
very inverse, extremely inverse
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Dropout
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 47, 50, 50N) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
Operating modes/measuring ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
quantities
3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0 Tolerances
1-phase I, IE, IE sens. Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Without fixed phase relation Binary input Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
value Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Current ratio I2 / I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Sensitive earth current IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) time TSTARTUP, warm motor
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Temperature threshold cold motor 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Times
Tripping time characteristic
Pickup times, phase quantities 2
t = ⎛⎜ STARTUP ⎞⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
I
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms For I > IMOTOR START
⎝ I ⎠
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Pickup times, symmetrical
components ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms current
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms I = Actual current flowing
Binary input Approx. 20 ms TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Dropout times motor starting current
Phase quantities < 20 ms t = Tripping time in seconds
Symmetrical components < 30 ms Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Binary input < 10 ms
Tolerances
Tolerances Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Phase quantities 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Symmetrical components 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Current threshold for
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) close signal detection
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Tolerances
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Additional functions

Setting ranges Operational measured values
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Currents In A (kA) primary, in A secondary
to rated motor current IL1, IL2, IL3 or in % Inom
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom Positive-sequence component I1
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Negative-sequence component I2
Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) IE or 3I0
TStart Max Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Tolerance1) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME Temperature overload protection In %
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Θ/ΘTrip
warm starts Range 0 to 400 %
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
warm starts
Temperature restart inhibit In %
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
ΘL/ΘL Trip
simulations of rotor at zero speed
kτ at STOP Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1)
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip
5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
In %
5
kτ RUNNING
Reclose time TReclose In min
Restarting limit
n −1 Current of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm⋅ c detection IEE secondary
nc
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
which restarting is possi- RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
ble box"
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term averages
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
(= 100 % in operational
measured value Frequency of updates Adjustable
Θrot/Θrot trip) Long-term averages
nc = Number of permissible of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
start-ups from cold state
Max. / Min. report
Report of measured values With date and time
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
measured values Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
0 to 1439 min)
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Time frame and starting time adjust-
Temperature detectors able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Reset, manual Using binary input,
Number of temperature Max. 6 using keypad,
detectors per box via communication
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or I1 (positive-sequence component)
“Bearing” or “Other”
Thresholds for indications Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
For each measuring detector tection
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) I1 (positive-sequence component)
or ∞ (no indication) Local measured values monitoring
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
for I>Ibalance limit
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Fault recording
Recording of indications of the last
8 power system faults
3 power system ground faults
1) At rated frequency.

Technical data
Time stamping Setting group switchover of the function parameters

Resolution for event log 1 ms Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
(operational annunciations) Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
Resolution for trip log 1 ms interface or binary input
(fault annunciations) Control
Maximum time deviation 0.01 % Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
(internal clock) outputs
Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah, Interlocking Programmable
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Fault" for insufficient battery charge Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Oscillographic fault recording
Control commands Single command / double command
Maximum 8 fault records saved, 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
memory maintained by buffer bat-
tery in case of loss of power supply Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Recording time Total 20 s Local control Control via menu,
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording assignment of a function key
5 Sampling rate for 50 Hz

and memory time adjustable
1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle) control system
(e.g. SICAM),
Statistics DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
CE conformity
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle) nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Circuit-breaker wear electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 Directive 73/23/EEC).
• 2-point method This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
(remaining service life) man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
• Σi2t
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea- The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
sured values on TRIP command, up to man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
monitoring indication This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Motor statistics generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1) standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %)
Motor start-up data: of the last 5 start-ups
– start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
Operating hours counter
Display range Up to 7 digits
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
operational measured values,
circuit-breaker/switching device
test,
creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal
(telegram format IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication


7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact 0
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 2 see
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 3 next
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 4 page
Measuring inputs ( 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A 5
Position 15 only with B 6
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 7 5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V4) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian, selectable F
System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/77

No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/77
Service interface (Port C)

No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
Measuring/fault recording
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Fault recording 1
voltage ranges can be selected by Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by means of jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version …/EE.
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
6) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
7) starting from device version .../GG
and FW-Version V4.82


code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo–oooo
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N/51N Earth-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities
derived from current): Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
37 Undercurrent monitoring
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
5 86 Lockout F A
n IEF Intermittent earth fault P A
n 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F B 2)
n IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
Intermittent earth fault P B 2)
n Motor IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics R B 2)
n Motor 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics H B 2)
n Motor 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics H A
ARC Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9 3)
n Basic version included

IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) 50N/51N only with insensitive earth-current transformer

when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) Sensitive earth-current transformer
only when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) This variant will be supplied with a previous firmware version.

Order numbers for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo–ooo
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
5
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0H
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 2) 9 L 0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RSJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)2) 9 L 0S
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.
Sample order Position Order No. + Order code

7SJ6125-5EC91-3FA1+L0G
6 I/O’s: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2

7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version FA

DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850

Complete version:
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
IEC 61850 System configurator

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
5 DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ61

English C53000-G1140-C118-x 1)
1) x = please inquire for latest edition (exact Order No.).

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel
Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
1) Your local Siemens representative


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/72
7SJ610 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 15 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version
refer to the manual (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).

Connection diagram
7SJ611x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ611x-x D xxx-xxxx
7SJ611, E
7SJ613 E
LSA2820-dgpen.eps
Fig. 5/73
7SJ611, 7SJ613 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ612, E
7SJ614 7SJ614x-x D xxx-xxxx
E
LSA2822-dgpen.eps
Fig. 5/74
7SJ612, 7SJ614 connection diagram


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
• Sensitive dir. earth-fault detection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
SIPV6_116.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection
• Overload protection 5
Fig. 5/75 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 multifunction protection relay • Under-/overvoltage protection
with text (left) and graphic display • Under-/overfrequency protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
Description • Synchro-check
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used • Lockout
for line protection of high and medium
• Auto-reclosure
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- Control functions/programmable logic
pensated neutral point. With regard to • Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
motor protection, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 • Position of switching elements is shown
is suitable for asynchronous machines of on the graphic display
all sizes. The relay performs all functions • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
of backup protection supplementary to DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
transformer differential protection. • User-defined logic with CFC
7SJ62 is featuring the "flexible protection (e.g. interlocking)
functions". Up to 20 protection functions Monitoring functions
can be added according to individual • Operational measured values V, I, f
requirements. Thus, for example, a rate- • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
of-frequency-change protection or reverse • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
power protection can be implemented.
• Slave pointer
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Trip circuit supervision
breaker, further switching devices and • Fuse failure monitor
automation functions. The integrated • 8 oscillographic fault records
programmable logic (CFC) allows the • Motor statistics
user to implement their own functions,
Communication interfaces
e. g. for the automation of switchgear
(interlocking). The user is also allowed • System interface
to generate user-defined messages. – IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
The flexible communication interfaces
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
are open for modern communication
architectures with control systems.
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/4 voltage transformers
• 8/11 binary inputs
• 8/6 output relays

Application
LSA2958-egpen.eps

protection relay that also performs control The 7SJ62 units can be used for line pro- The 7SJ62can be used universally for
and monitoring functions and therefore tection of high and medium-voltage net- backup protection.
supports the user in cost-effective power works with earthed (grounded), low-
system management, and ensures reliable resistance earthed, isolated or compensated Flexible protection functions
supply of electric power to the customers. neutral point.
Local operation has been designed accord- By configuring a connection between a
ing to ergonomic criteria. A large, easy-to- standard protection logic and any mea-
Synchro-check sured or derived quantity, the functional
read display was a major design aim.
In order to connect two components of a scope of the relays can be easily expanded
Control power system, the relay provides a synchro- by up to 20 protection stages or protection
check function which verifies that switching functions.
The integrated control function permits ON does not endanger the stability of the
control of disconnect devices, earthing power system. Metering values
switches or circuit-breakers via the inte-
grated operator panel, binary inputs, Extensive measured values, limit values
Motor protection and metered values permit improved
DIGSI 4 or the control and protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status When protecting motors, the 7SJ62 relay is system management.
(or position) of the primary equipment suitable for asynchronous machines of all
can be displayed, in case of devices with sizes.
graphic display. A full range of command
processing functions is provided. Transformer protection
The relay performs all functions of backup
Programmable logic protection supplementary to transformer
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) differential protection. The inrush sup-
allow the user to implement their own pression effectively prevents tripping by
functions for automation of switchgear inrush currents.
(interlocking) or a substation via a graphic The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
user interface. The user can also generate protection detects short-circuits and insu-
user-defined messages. lation faults on the transformer.

Application
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
51, 51V, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral), phase function with voltage-dependent option
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage
– IIE> Intermittent earth fault
50BF Breaker failure protection 5

79 Auto-reclosure
25 Synchro-check
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
47 V2>, phase-sequence Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection
59R dV/dt Rate-of-voltage-change protection
32 P<>, Q<> Reverse-power, forward-power protection
55 cos ϕ Power factor protection
81O/U f>, f< Overfrequency/underfrequency protection
81R df/dt Rate-of-frequency-change protection
21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack size (text display variants) and
1/2-rack size (graphic display variants) are
the available housing widths of the 7SJ62 re-
lays, referred to a 19" module frame system.
This means that previous models can always
be replaced. The height is a uniform 244 mm
for flush-mounting housings and 266 mm
LSP2099-afpen.eps
for surface-mounting housing. All cables can
be connected with or without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and
5 bottom of the housing. Fig. 5/79 Rear view with screw-type terminals, 1/3-rack size
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51V, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the earth current (four trans-
formers). Three definite-time overcurrent
protection elements (DMT) exist both for
the phases and for the earth. The current
threshold and the delay time can be set
within a wide range. In addition, inverse-
time overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be activated.
The inverse-time function provides – as
an option – voltage-restraint or voltage-
controlled operating modes.
Fig. 5/77 Fig. 5/78
Available inverse-time characteristics User-definable characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3 Instead of the predefined time characteris-
Inverse • • tics according to ANSI, tripping character-
istics can be defined by the user for phase
Short inverse • and earth units separately. Up to 20 cur-
rent/time value pairs may be programmed.
Long inverse • • They are set as pairs of numbers or graphi-
Moderately inverse • cally in DIGSI 4.
Very inverse • • Inrush restraint
Extremely inverse • • The relay features second harmonic re-
straint. If the second harmonic is detected
during transformer energization, pickup of
Reset characteristics non-directional and directional normal el-
ements are blocked.
For easier time coordination with emulation), a reset process is initiated after
electromechanical relays, reset characte- the fault current has disappeared. This
Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
ristics according to ANSI C37.112 and reset process corresponds to the reverse
IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards are applied. movement of the Ferraris disk of an elec- For directional and non-directional time-
When using the reset characteristic (disk tromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation). overcurrent protection functions the initia-
tion thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time control.
Directional time-overcurrent protection

(ANSI 67, 67N)
Directional phase and earth protection are
separate functions. They operate in parallel
to the non-directional overcurrent ele-
ments. Their pickup values and delay times
can be set separately. Definite-time and in-
verse-time characteristics are offered. The
tripping characteristic can be rotated about
± 180 degrees. Fig. 5/80
By means of voltage memory, Directional characteristic of
the directional
directionality can be determined reliably time-overcurrent
even for close-in (local) faults. If the protection
switching device closes onto a fault and the
voltage is too low to determine direction,
directionality (directional decision) is
made with voltage from the voltage mem- 5
ory. If no voltage exists in the memory,
tripping occurs according to the coordina-
tion schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined
via zero-sequence system or negative-se-
quence system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero volt-
age tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.
Directional comparison protection

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of Fig. 5/81
sections fed from two sources with instan- Directional determination
taneous tripping, i.e. without the disad- using cosine measurements
vantage of time coordination. The direc- for compensated networks
tional comparison protection is suitable
if the distances between the protection
stations are not significant and pilot wires For networks with an isolated neutral, the • Each element can be set in forward,
are available for signal transmission. In reactive current component is evaluated; reverse, or non-directional.
addition to the directional comparison for compensated networks, the active cur- • The function can also be operated in the
protection, the directional coordinated rent component or residual resistive cur- insensitive mode as an additional
time-overcurrent protection is used for rent is evaluated. For special network short-circuit protection.
complete selective backup protection. If conditions, e.g. high-resistance earthed
operated in a closed-circuit connection, networks with ohmic-capacitive earth-fault (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
an interruption of the transmission line is current or low-resistance earthed networks (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
detected. with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
characteristics can be rotated approxi- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection mately ± 45 degrees. sensitive input transformer is connected
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) to a phase-balance neutral current trans-
Two modes of earth-fault direction detec- former (also called core-balance CT).
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- tion can be implemented: tripping or
works, the direction of power flow in the “signalling only mode”. The function can also be operated in the
zero sequence is calculated from the zero- insensitive mode as an additional short-
sequence current I0 and zero-sequence It has the following functions: circuit protection.
voltage V0. • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
• Two instantaneous elements or one
instantaneous plus one user-defined
characteristic.

Protection functions High-impedance restricted earth-fault

protection (ANSI 87N)
Intermittent earth-fault protection The high-impedance measurement princi-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
to insulation weaknesses in cables or as a method for detecting earth faults, espe-
result of water penetrating cable joints. cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
Such faults either simply cease at some plied to motors, generators and reactors
stage or develop into lasting short-circuits. when these are operated on an earthed
During intermittent activity, however, network.
star-point resistors in networks that are When the high-impedance measurement
impedance-earthed may undergo thermal principle is applied, all current transform-
overloading. The normal earth-fault pro- ers in the protected area are connected in
tection cannot reliably detect and interrupt parallel and operated on one common re-
the current pulses, some of which can be sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
very brief. measured (see Fig. 5/82). In the case of
The selectivity required with intermittent 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
earth faults is achieved by summating the tecting the current through the (external)
duration of the individual pulses and by resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
5 triggering when a (settable) summed time ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to Fig. 5/82 High-impedance restricted
earth-fault protection
is reached. The response threshold IIE> limit the voltage in the event of an internal
evaluates the r.m.s. value, referred to one fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
systems period. age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
tion. At the same time, this results in
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) smoothing of the voltage without any
(Negative-sequence protection) noteworthy reduction of the average value.
In line protection, the two-element phase- If no faults have occurred and in the event
balance current/negative-sequence protec- of external faults, the system is at equilib-
tion permits detection on the high side of rium, and the voltage through the resistor
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and is approximately zero. In the event of in-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch leads to a voltage and a current flow
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec- through the resistor R.
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the The current transformers must be of the
transformer. same type and must at least offer a separate
core for the high-impedance restricted
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) earth-fault protection. They must in par-
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit ticular have the same transformation ratio
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip and an approximately identical knee-point
command, another command can be initi- voltage. They should also demonstrate only
ated using the breaker failure protection minimal measuring errors.
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g.
of an upstream (higher-level) protection
relay. Breaker failure is detected if, after a
trip command, current is still flowing in
the faulted circuit. As an option, it is possi-
ble to make use of the circuit-breaker posi-
tion indication.

Flexible protection functions

The 7SJ62 units enable the user to easily
add on up to 20 protective functions. To
this end, parameter definitions are used to
link a standard protection logic with any
chosen characteristic quantity (measured
or derived quantity) (Fig. 5/80). The stand- dv /dt
ard logic consists of the usual protection
elements such as the pickup message, the
parameter-definable delay time, the TRIP
command, a blocking possibility, etc. The
mode of operation for current, voltage, LSA4113-aen.eps
power and power factor quantities can be
three-phase or single-phase. Almost all
quantities can be operated as greater than Fig. 5/83 Flexible protection functions
or less than stages. All stages operate with
protection priority.
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
5
Protection stages/functions attainable on
the basis of the available characteristic Multiple reclosures can be defined by the For protecting cables and transformers,
quantities: user and lockout will occur if a fault is an overload protection with an integrated
present after the last reclosure. The follow- pre-warning element for temperature and
Function ANSI No. ing functions are possible: current can be applied. The temperature is
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
I>, IE> 50, 50N • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
V<, V>, VE>, dV/dt 27, 59, 59R, 64 • Separate settings for phase and earth faults which takes account both of the energy en-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure tering the equipment and the energy losses.
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1 50N, 46
3V0>, V1><, V2>< 59N, 47 (RAR) and up to nine delayed The calculated temperature is constantly
auto-reclosures (DAR) adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is
P><, Q>< 32 taken of the previous load and the load
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip fluctuations.
cos ϕ (p.f.)>< 55
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67)
f>< 81O, 81U For thermal protection of motors (espe-
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary cially the stator) a further time constant
df/dt>< 81R inputs can be set so that the thermal ratios can be
For example, the following can be imple- • ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC detected correctly while the motor is rotat-
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient
mented: • The directional and non-directional ele-
temperature or the temperature of the
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) ments can either be blocked or operated
coolant can be detected serially via an ex-
non-delayed depending on the auto-
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection reclosure cycle
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis-
(ANSI 81R) tance-temperature detector box, also called
• Dynamic setting change of the directional RTD- box). The thermal replica of the
Synchro-check (ANSI 25) and non-directional elements can be acti- overload function is automatically adapted
vated depending on the ready AR to the ambient conditions. If there is no
In case of switching ON the circuit-
RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
breaker, the units can check whether the
temperatures are constant.
two subnetworks are synchronized.
Voltage-, frequency- and phase-angle-
Settable dropout delay times
differences are being checked to determine
whether synchronous conditions are If the devices are used in parallel with elec-
existent. tromechanical relays in networks with in-
termittent faults, the long dropout times
of the electromechanical devices (several
hundred milliseconds) can lead to prob-
lems in terms of time grading. Clean time
grading is only possible if the dropout time
is approximately the same. This is why the
parameter of dropout times can be defined
for certain functions such as time-over-
current protection, earth short-circuit and
phase-balance current protection.

n Motor protection
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calcu-
lated from the stator current. The reclosing
lockout only permits start-up of the motor
if the rotor has sufficient thermal reserves
for a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/84).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lock-
out via a binary input by storing the state
of the thermal replica as long as the binary
5 input is active. It is also possible to reset
the thermal replica to zero.
Fig. 5/84
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes The characteristic (equation) can be shaft breakage, no-load operation of
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be adapted optimally to the state of the motor pumps or fan failure.
used for temperature monitoring and de- by applying different tripping times TA in
tection by the protection relay. The ther- dependence of either cold or warm motor Motor statistics
mal status of motors, generators and state. For differentiation of the motor state Essential information on start-up of the
transformers can be monitored with this the thermal model of the rotor is applied. motor (duration, current, voltage) and
device. Additionally, the temperature of If the trip time is rated according to the general information on number of starts,
the bearings of rotating machines are mon- above formula, even a prolonged start-up total operating time, total down time, etc.
itored for limit value violation. The tem- and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up are saved as statistics in the device.
peratures are being measured with the help current) will be evaluated correctly. The
of temperature detectors at various loca- tripping time is inverse (current depend- n Voltage protection
tions of the device to be protected. This ent).
data is transmitted to the protection relay Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
via one or two temperature monitoring A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to The two-element overvoltage protection
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/115). detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous detects unwanted network and machine
tripping is effected. overvoltage conditions. The function can
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) operate either with phase-to-phase,
Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) phase-to-earth, positive phase-sequence
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that Sudden high loads can cause slowing down or negative phase-sequence system voltage.
might occur in the event of excessive load and blocking of the motor and mechanical Three-phase and single-phase connections
torque or excessive voltage drops within damages. The rise of current due to a load are possible.
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor jam is being monitored by this function
temperature is calculated from measured (alarm and tripping). Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
stator current. The tripping time is calcu- The overload protection function is too The two-element undervoltage protection
lated according to the following equation: slow and therefore not suitable under these provides protection against dangerous
circumstances. voltage drops (especially for electric ma-
for I > IMOTOR START chines). Applications include the isolation
2
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) of generators or motors from the network
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠ (Negative-sequence protection) to avoid undesired operating states and a
possible loss of stability. Proper operating
I = Actual current flowing The negative-sequence / phase-balance
conditions of electrical machines are best
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor current protection detects a phase failure
evaluated with the positive-sequence quan-
start or load unbalance due to network asym-
tities. The protection function is active
t = Tripping time metry and protects the rotor from imper-
over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55
IA = Rated motor starting current missible temperature rise.
to 65 Hz)1). Even when falling below this
TA = Tripping time at rated motor frequency range the function continues to
starting current (2 times, for Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
work, however, with a greater tolerance
warm and cold motor) With this function, a sudden drop in cur- band.
rent, which can occur due to a reduced
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
motor load, is detected. This may be due to for fN = 50/60 Hz.


switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/107)
and the breaking current at the time of
The function can operate either with
contact opening serve as the basis for this
phase-to-phase, phase-to-earth or positive
method. After CB opening, the two-point
phase-sequence voltage and can be
method calculates the number of still pos-
monitored with a current criterion.
sible switching cycles. To this end, the two
Three-phase and single-phase connections
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
are possible.
device. These are specified in the CB's tech-
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) nical data.
Frequency protection can be used for over- All of these methods are phase-selective
frequency and underfrequency protection. and a limit value can be set in order to ob-
Electric machines and parts of the system tain an alarm if the actual value falls below
are protected from unwanted speed devia- or exceeds the limit value during determi-
tions. Unwanted frequency changes in the nation of the remaining service life.
network can be detected and the load can
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)
be removed at a specified frequency set-
ting. Additional functions, which are not time
Frequency protection can be used over a
critical, can be implemented via the CFC 5
using measured values. Typical functions
wide frequency range (40 to 60, 50 to
include reverse power, voltage controlled
70 Hz)1). There are four elements (select-
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and Fig. 5/85 CB switching cycle diagram
able as overfrequency or underfrequency)
zero-sequence voltage detection.
and each element can be delayed sepa-
rately. Blocking of the frequency protec- contacts and communicated to the 7SJ62
Commissioning via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible
tion can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element. Commissioning could hardly be easier and to detect and indicate both the OPEN and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) the binary inputs can be read individually ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
and the state of the binary outputs can be position.
The integrated fault locator calculates the
set individually. The operation of switch- The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
The results are displayed in Ω, kilometers controlled via:
devices) can be checked using the switch- – integrated operator panel
(miles) and in percent of the line length.
ing functions of the bay controller. The an- – binary inputs
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring alog measured values are represented as – substation control and protection system
wide-ranging operational measured values. – DIGSI 4
Methods for determining circuit-breaker To prevent transmission of information to
contact wear or the remaining service life the control center during maintenance, the Automation / user-defined logic
of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte- bay controller communications can be dis-
nance intervals to be aligned to their actual abled to prevent unnecessary data from be- With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced ing transmitted. During commissioning, all graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
maintenance costs. indications with test marking for test pur- for the automation of switchgear or substa-
poses can be connected to a control and tion. Functions are activated via function
There is no mathematically exact method
protection system. keys, binary input or via communication
of calculating the wear or the remaining
interface.
service life of circuit-breakers that takes
into account the arc-chamber's physical Test operation
Switching authority
conditions when the CB opens. This is why During commissioning, all indications can
various methods of determining CB wear be passed to an automatic control system Switching authority is determined accord-
have evolved which reflect the different op- for test purposes. ing to parameters and communication.
erator philosophies. To do justice to these, If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
the devices offer several methods: n Control and automatic functions switching operations are possible. The fol-
• I lowing sequence of switching authority is
Control
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
• Σ I , with x = 1... 3
x
In addition to the protection functions, the “REMOTE”.
• Σ i 2t SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required Command processing
The devices additionally offer a new for operating medium-voltage or high-
method for determining the remaining All the functionality of command process-
voltage substations. ing is offered. This includes the processing
service life:
The main application is reliable control of of single and double commands with or
• Two-point method
switching and other processes. without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ing of the control hardware and software,
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is checking of the external process, control
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
actions using functions such as runtime

All units are designed specifically to meet

Functions
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
monitoring and automatic command ter-
mination after output. Here are some typi- In general, no separate measuring instru-
cal applications: ments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
…) or additional control components are
• Single and double commands using 1,
necessary.
1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks Measured values
• Operating sequences combining several The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
switching operations such as control of acquired current and voltage along with
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and the power factor, frequency, active and
earthing switches reactive power. The following functions
• Triggering of switching operations, in- are available for measured value process-
dications or alarm by combination with ing:
existing information • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
Assignment of feedback to command • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
5 • Symmetrical components
LSP2077f.eps
The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
acquired by feedback. These indication in- • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
puts are logically assigned to the corre- (P, Q: total and phase selective)
sponding command outputs. The unit can • Power factor (cos ϕ),
therefore distinguish whether the indica- (total and phase selective)
tion change is a consequence of switching
operation or whether it is a spontaneous • Frequency
change of state. • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
reverse power flow
Chatter disable
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, Fig. 5/86
current and voltage values NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
in a configured period of time, the number
of status changes of indication input ex- • Operating hours counter
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the • Mean operating temperature of overload
indication input is blocked for a certain function
period, so that the event list will not record
excessive operations.
Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
Indication filtering and delay
Binary indications can be filtered or de- cation.
layed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in In a certain range of very low measured
potential at the indication input. The indi- values, the value is set to zero to suppress
cation is passed on only if the indication interference.
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there Metered values
is a wait for a preset time. The information For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
is passed on only if the indication voltage is late an energy metered value from the
still present after this time. measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit can
A further indication (or a command) can obtain and process metering pulses via an
be derived from an existing indication. indication input.
Group indications can also be formed. The
The metered values can be displayed and
volume of information to the system inter-
passed on to a control center as an accu-
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
mulation with reset. A distinction is made
the most important signals.
between forward, reverse, active and reac-
tive energy.
Switchgear cubicles for
high/medium voltage


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con- the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automa- control systems used by power supply cor-
tion standards. Communication can be porations. Siemens was the first manufac-
extended or added on thanks to modules turer to support this standard. By means of
for retrofitting on which the common pro- this protocol, information can also be ex-
tocols run. Therefore, also in the future it changed directly between bay units so as
will be possible to optimally integrate units to set up simple masterless systems for bay
into the changing communication infra- and system interlocking. Access to the
structure, for example in Ethernet net- units via the Ethernet bus is also possible
works (which will also be used increasingly with DIGSI.
in the power supply sector in the years to
come). IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter- Fig. 5/87
national standard for the transmission of IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the protective data and fault recordings. All
front of all the units. All of the unit’s func- messages from the unit and also control 5
tions can be set on a PC by means of the commands can be transferred by means of
DIGSI 4 protection operation program. published, Siemens-specific extensions to
Commissioning tools and fault analysis are the protocol.
also built into the program and are avail- Redundant solutions are also possible.
able through this interface. Optionally it is possible to read out and
alter individual parameters (only possible
Rear-mounted interfaces1) with the redundant module).
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be fit- PROFIBUS-DP protocol
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the protocol in industrial automation. Via
modules can be easily replaced by the user. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
The interface modules support the follow- their information available to a SIMATIC
ing applications: controller or, in the control direction, re-
• Time synchronization interface ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
All units feature a permanently integrated Measured values can also be transferred.
electrical time synchronization interface.
MODBUS RTU protocol Fig. 5/88
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units This uncomplicated, serial protocol is IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
via time synchronization receivers. mainly used in industry and by power sup-
• System interface ply corporations, and is supported by a
Communication with a central control number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
system takes place through this interface. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
Radial or ring type station bus topologies their information available to a master or
can be configured depending on the cho- receiving information from it. A time-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can stamped event list is available.
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol

DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol)
for the station and network control levels.
supplying their information to a master
system or receiving information from it.
System solutions for protection and

station control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
5 Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/87).
Fig. 5/90
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
LSP3.01-0021.tif
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Fig. 5/89
of units of other manufacturers to the Optical Ethernet communication module
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/88).

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/91
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/92
Sensitive earth-
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/93
Residual current
circuit with
directional element

Typical connections
Connection for compensated networks

The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in com-
pensated networks.
Fig. 5/94 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.
Fig. 5/94
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5
Connection for isolated-neutral
or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with
only two phase current transformers.
Directional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two primary
transformers.
Fig. 5/95
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks
Connection for the synchro-check function

The 3-phase system is connected as refer-
ence voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages as
well as a single-phase voltage, in this case
a busbar voltage, that has to be checked for
synchronism.
Fig. 5/96
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for the
synchro-check


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
phase/earth non-directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current -
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
phases directional transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
phases directional current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
earth directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformers possible
5
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
protection > 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
Compensated networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
cos ϕ measurement transformers required delta winding required
n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when volt-
age across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/97, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon Fig. 5/97 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)
failure of the protection unit or by short-
circuiting the trip coil in event of network
fault.
In Fig. 5/98 tripping is by failure of auxil-

iary voltage and by interruption of tripping
circuit in the event of network failure.
Upon failure of the protection unit, the
tripping circuit is also interrupted, since
contact held by internal logic drops back
into open position.
Fig. 5/98 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)


monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil
including its incoming cables. An alarm
signal occurs whenever the circuit is inter-
rupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
occur after the lockout state is reset.
Reverse-power protection for dual supply

(ANSI 32R)
5 If power is fed to a busbar through two
parallel infeeds, then in the event of any Fig. 5/99 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs
fault on one of the infeeds it should be
selectively interrupted. This ensures a con-
tinued supply to the busbar through the
remaining infeed. For this purpose, direc-
tional devices are needed which detect a
short-circuit current or a power flow from
the busbar in the direction of the infeed.
The directional time-overcurrent protec-
tion is usually set via the load current. It
cannot be used to deactivate low-current
faults. Reverse-power protection can be set
far below the rated power. This ensures
that it also detects power feedback into the
line in the event of low-current faults with
levels far below the load current.
Reverse-power protection is performed via
the “flexible protection functions” of the
7SJ62.
Fig. 5/100 Reverse-power protection for dual supply

Technical data
General unit data Binary outputs/command outputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ621, 7SJ622
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) 7SJ623, 7SJ624
7SJ625 7SJ626
Current transformer
Command/indication relay 8 6
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable)
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A indication relay (Two contacts changeable to NC/form
Power consumption B, via jumpers)
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A/B
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Overload capability
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
30 x Inom for 10 s 25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
4 x Inom continuous Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability if equipped with 30 A for 0.5 s making current,
sensitive earth-fault CT
2000 switching cycles 5
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous Electrical tests
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Specification
Voltage transformer Standards IEC 60255
Type 7SJ621, 7SJ623, 7SJ625, ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
7SJ622 7SJ622 7SJ626 UL508
Number 3 4 4 Insulation tests
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Measuring range 0 V to 170 V Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Overload capability in voltage path time synchronization
(phase-neutral voltage) Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous
Communication ports 500 V AC
Auxiliary voltage and time synchronization
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–300 V ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
AC 92-138 V 184–265 V class III
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
peak-to-peak Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
Power consumption (product standard)
Quiescent Approx. 4 W EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
Energized Approx. 7 W DIN 57435 Part 303
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
loss/short circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Binary inputs/indication inputs Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Type 7SJ621, 7SJ622, IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
7SJ623, 7SJ624, and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
7SJ625 7SJ626 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Number 8 11 field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Voltage range 24–250 V DC
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Pickup threshold modifiable by plug-in jumpers field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Pickup threshold 19 V DC 88 V DC IEC 61000-4-3; class III
For rated control voltage 24/48/60/ 110/125/ Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
110/125 V 220/250 V DC field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Response time/drop-out Approx. 3.5
time Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage)
energized
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) During transportation
High-energy surge voltages Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
(Surge) Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5; class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-6, class III Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz of 3 axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s; Climatic stress tests
5 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests permanent storage
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days a year up to
Units with a detached operator units in such a way that they are not 95 % relative humidity; condensation
panel must be installed in a metal exposed to direct sunlight or not permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
Unit design
Mechanical stress tests
Housing 7XP20
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15
During operation
Weight
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
Vibration Sinusoidal Flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude; Degree of protection
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration acc. to EN 60529
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Surface-mounting housing IP 51
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Operator safety IP 2x with cover
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)

Technical data
Serial interfaces IEC 61850 protocol

Operating interface (front of unit) Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, - to a control center
9-pin subminiature connector - with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud Transmission rate 100 Mbit
Service/modem interface (rear of unit) Ethernet, electrical
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B"
RS232/RS485
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Connection Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C” Ethernet, optical
detached operator panel Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable For flush-mounting housing/
connection
Mounting location "B" 5
top/bottom part surface-mounting housing with
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
System interface (rear of unit)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol to a control center
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
to a control center
RS485
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
Connection detached operator panel
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
detached operator panel top/bottom part
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
top/bottom part 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Fiber optic
Fiber optic Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- connection
optic connection For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” surface-mounting housing with
surface-mounting housing with detached operator panel
detached operator panel For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
with two-tier terminal on the top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/136
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
RS485
Connection to a control center
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
For surface-mounting housing (not available)
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) (cont'd) Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional

RS485 (ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
Connection phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” Setting ranges
detached operator panel Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing: Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
top/bottom part (IEC characteristics)
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth (ANSI characteristics)
Fiber-optic Undervoltage threshold 10.0 to 125.0 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
V< for release Ip
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection Trip characteristics
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
surface-mounting housing with extremely inverse, long inverse
detached operator panel ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse,
5 For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
At the bottom part of the housing
Important: Please refer to footnotes extremely inverse, definite inverse
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/136 User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Optical wavelength 820 nm pairs of current and time delay
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout setting
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) 0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D) Tolerances
(terminal with surface-mounting Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
housing) Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
30 ms
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
Functions ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) Direction detection
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase For phase faults
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) With voltage memory for measure-
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) ment voltages that are too low
Setting ranges Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Pickup phase elements 1)
0.5 to 175 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
unlimited;
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) For three-phase faults dynamically
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) unlimited;
Times Steady-state approx. 7 V
Pickup times (without inrush phase-to-phase
restraint, with inrush restraint For earth faults
+ 10 ms)
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0
Non-directional Directional or with negative-sequence quantities
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms 3V2, 3I2
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for
Direction sensitivity
I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Tolerances measured;
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) 3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms calculated
Negative-sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1)
Tolerances (phase angle error under
reference conditions)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical

Technical data
Inrush blocking Tolerances

Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip, Pickup threshold
IEp (directional, non-directional) For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Lower function limit phases At least one phase current Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
(50 Hz and 100 Hz) W 125 mA1)
Lower function limit earth Earth current Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
(50 Hz and 100 Hz) W 125 mA1) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Upper function limit 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
(setting range) current and delay time values
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Setting ranges
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Dynamic setting change For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Controllable function Directional and non-directional User defined
pickup, tripping time Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Start criteria Current criteria, Times
CB position via aux. contacts, Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp 5
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Time control 3 timers
Tolerances
Current criteria Current threshold Pickup threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold; For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
monitoring with timer) For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
Pickup threshold 3V0> 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
(calculated)
Measuring method “cos ϕ / sin ϕ”
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Times
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Tolerances For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system Reduction of dir. area α Red.dir.area 1 ° to 15 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Measuring principle Voltage measurement (phase-to-earth) Tolerances
Setting ranges Pickup measuring enable
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Angle tolerance 3°
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V Measuring method “ϕ (V0 / I0)”
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults 3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Minimum voltage Vmin, measured 0.4 to 50 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Minimum voltage Vmin, calculated 10 to 90 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges Phase angle ϕ - 180° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Delta phase angle Δ ϕ 0° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Tolerances
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Angle tolerance 3°
Times Angle correction for cable CT
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Angle correction F1, F2
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 Current value I1, I2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase t = Tripping time

overcurrent protection τth = Temperature rise time constant
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> I = Load current
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Ipre = Preload current
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Times Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Pickup times protection relay
Minimum Approx. 20 ms
Typical Approx. 30 ms Dropout ratios
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
5 Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Intermittent earth-fault protection Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
Setting ranges Program for phase fault

Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Pickup threshold (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
1)
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A (in steps of 0.01 A) binary input
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Program for earth fault
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
gation time protection, binary input
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
mulation time
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) tive element, binary input,
accumulation last TRIP command after the reclosing
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1) cycle is complete (unsuccessful
intermittent earth fault reclosing),
TRIP command by the breaker failure
Times
protection (50BF),
Pickup times
opening the CB without ARC initia-
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
tion, external CLOSE command
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms Setting ranges
Tolerances (separate for phase and earth
1)
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges
reclosure
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) dynamic blocking
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) time
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ factor constant with the machine running
Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 0.1)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − (I pre / k ⋅ I nom ) (setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
2 2
Tripping characteristic
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − 1
2
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Additional functions Lockout (final trip), delay of dead-time
start via binary input (monitored),
dead-time extension via binary input
(monitored), co-ordination with other
protection relays, circuit-breaker moni-
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. toring, evaluation of the CB contacts

Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz

Setting ranges Range fN ± 5 Hz
Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Voltage difference (V2 – V1) InkVprimary,inVsecondaryorin%Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Times Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times
with internal start is contained in the delay time Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz
with external start is contained in the delay time Range fN ± 5 Hz
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Tolerances Angle difference (α2 – α1) In °

Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Range 0 to 180 °
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Tolerance*) 0.5 °
Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25) Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
Operating mode • Synchro-check Operating modes / measuring
Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line quantities
• Dead-bus / live-line 3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, dV/dt, P,
• Dead-bus and dead-line 1-phase Q, cos ϕ I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
• Bypassing Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input 5
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
Voltages value
Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Setting ranges
(in steps of 1 V) Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase) Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
(in steps of 1 V) Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus check 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase) Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
(in steps of 1 V) Displacement voltage VE 2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
(in steps of 1 V) Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV) Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
transformer V2nom fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Voltage change dV/dt 4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
ΔV-measurement Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (insteps of 0.01)
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
(in steps of 1 V) Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 1V Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Δf-measurement Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 15 mHz Times
Pickup times
Δα-measurement Current, voltage
Δα-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °) (phase quantities)
(α2>α1; α2>α1) With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
Tolerance 2° With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for Δf ≤ 1 Hz Current, voltages
10 ° for Δf > 1 Hz (symmetrical components)
Adaptation With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °) With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Power
transformers V1/V2 Typical Approx. 120 ms
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms
Times
thresholds)
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms
Power factor 300 to 600 ms
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rate-of-frequency change
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
With 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage change dV/dt
For 2 times pickup value Approx. 220 ms
Measuring values of synchro-check function
Binary input Approx. 20 ms
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Voltage to be synchronized V2 InkVprimary,inVsecondaryorin%Vnom
Range 10to120%Vnom
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
*) With rated frequency.

Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Dropout times Setting ranges
Current, voltage (phase < 20 ms Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
quantities) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Current, voltages (symmetrical < 30 ms Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
components) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
Power Permissible starting time 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Typical < 50 ms TSTARTUP, warm motor
Maximum < 350 ms Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Power factor < 300 ms cold motor
Frequency < 100 ms Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Voltage change < 220 ms Tripping time characteristic 2
t = ⎛⎜
Binary input < 10 ms I STARTUP ⎞
For I > IMOTOR START ⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
Tolerances ⎝ I ⎠
Pickup threshold ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Current 0.5 % of setting value or 50 mA1) current
Current (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 100 mA1) I = Actual current flowing
5
components) TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Voltage 0.5 % of setting value or 0.1 V motor starting current
Voltage (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 0.2 V t = Tripping time in seconds
components)
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Power factor 2 degrees Tolerances
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
10 mHz (at V = VN) Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s
Voltage change dV/dt 5 % of setting value or 1.5 V/s Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Current threshold for 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps 0.01 A)
alarm and trip
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) CLOSE signal detection
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Tolerances
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A 1) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Times Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3 to rated motor current
Tolerances IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
TStart Max
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Setting ranges Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
(IEC characteristics) warm starts
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
(ANSI characteristics) warm starts
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A 1) Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
simulations of rotor at zero
Trip characteristics speed kτ at STOP
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
extremely inverse constant with motor running
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, kτ RUNNING
very inverse, extremely inverse nc − 1
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value nc
Dropout Θrestart = Temperature limit below
IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value, which restarting is possible
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value rotor overtemperature
Tolerances (= 100 % in operational
Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) measured value
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated) Θrot/Θrot trip)
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms 1) For Inom = 1 A, nc = Number of permissible
all limits divided by 5. start-ups from cold state

Technical data
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) Tolerances

Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V
measured values Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Temperature detectors Number of frequency elements 4

Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Setting ranges
Number of temperature Max. 6 Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
detectors per box Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Dropout differential = |pickup 0.02 Hz to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or threshold - dropout threshold|
“Bearing” or “Other” Delay times
Undervoltage blocking, with 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thresholds for indications positive-sequence voltage V1 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Pickup times Approx. 150 ms
or ∞ (no indication) Dropout times Approx. 150 ms
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Dropout
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
5
Tolerances
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Pickup thresholds
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN)
Operating modes/measuring 10 mHz (at V = VN)
quantities Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
phase-to-phase voltages or Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
phase-to-earth voltages
Output of the fault distance in Ω primary and secondary,
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
in km or miles line length,
phase-phase voltage
in % of line length
Setting ranges
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a
Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
protection element, via binary input
dependent on voltage 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
connection and chosen 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
measuring quantity Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001)
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001)
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances
IMIN" Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω
Times VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
Dropout times As pickup times and IK/Inom ≥ 1
Tolerances Additional functions
Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V Operational measured values
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Currents In A (kA) primary,
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom
Operating modes/measuring Positive-sequence component I1
quantities Negative-sequence component I2
IE or 3I0
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or
negative phase-sequence voltage or Range 10 to 200 % Inom
phase-to-phase voltages or Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
phase-to-earth voltages Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
phase-phase voltage Phase-to-phase voltages
Setting ranges VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Pickup thresholds V>, V>> Positive-sequence component V1
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) Negative-sequence component V2
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) and in % of Snom
Times Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Dropout times As pickup times
P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated in
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. 2) At rated frequency. kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom

Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Range 0 to 120 % Snom V1 (positive-sequence component)
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom protection
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and I1 (positive-sequence component);
in % Snom Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with for I>Ibalance limit
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated for V>Vlim
Range - 1 to + 1 Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Tolerance2) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 (ACB)
5 Frequency f In Hz Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Tolerance2) 20 mHz Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Fuse failure monitor
For all network types With the option of blocking affected
protection functions
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Fault recording
Temperature restart inhibit In % Recording of indications of the last

ΘL/ΘL Trip 8 power system faults
Range 0 to 400 % Recording of indications of the last

Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 3 power system ground faults
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % Time stamping
Reclose time TReclose In min Resolution for event log 1 ms

(operational annunciations)
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second-
detection (total, real, and reactive ary Resolution for trip log 1 ms
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive (fault annunciations)
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Maximum time deviation 0.01 %

Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA (internal clock)
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
box" type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Fault" for insufficient battery charge
Long-term averages
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
Maximum 8 fault records saved,
Frequency of updates Adjustable memory maintained by buffer bat-
Long-term averages tery in case of loss of power supply
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Recording time Total 20 s
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) and memory time adjustable
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Max. / Min. report Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Report of measured values With date and time Energy/power
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
0 to 1439 min) Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
Time frame and starting time adjust- demand)
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I > 0.1 Inom, V > 0.1 Vnom
Reset, manual Using binary input, and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
using keypad,
via communication Statistics
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
I1 (positive-sequence component) Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
Technical data
Circuit-breaker wear CE conformity

Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
• 2-point method (remaining service nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
life) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
• Σi2t Directive 73/23/EEC).
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea- This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
sured values on TRIP command, up to man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
monitoring indication Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Motor statistics
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1)
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %)
Active energy and reactive energy See operational measured values
Motor start-up data: Of the last 5 start-ups
– Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– Start-up current (primary)
– Start-up voltage (primary)
0 A to 1000 kA
0 V to 100 kV
(resolution 1 A)
(resolution 1 V)
5
Display range Up to 7 digits
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
Commissioning aids
circuit-breaker/switching device
test, creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
binary input,
communication
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Interlocking Programmable
Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Local control Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)


7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, inputs, outputs
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status-contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status-contact 2
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status-contact 3 see
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status-contact 4 next
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 5 page
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 6
Measuring inputs (3 x V / 4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
5 Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal, (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian (language selectable) F
Region RU, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Russian(language can be changed) G


1) Rated current can be selected by No interface at rear side 0
means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wave length, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by means of
jumpers.
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version
…/EE.
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
6) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
7) starting from device version .../GG
and FW-Version V4.82


7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection via
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities derived
from current): Additional time-overcurrent protection
stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
5
86 Lockout
n V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
n IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
rate-of-frequency-change protection
Intermittent earth fault P E
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth F C
n Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
rate-of-frequency-change protection F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,

earth-fault phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F D 2)
Directional V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
earth-fault 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
detection 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n 81O/U Under-/overfrequency
F F 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n Basic version included detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
V, P, f = Voltage, power, n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
frequency protection Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6. Continued on next page


code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
derived from current): Additional time-
overcurrent protection
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent
protection
47 Phase sequence
5 59N/64 Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
n 66/86 Restart inhibit
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
2)
rate-of-frequency-change protection H F
Directional Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
2)
rate-of-frequency-change protection HH
Directional Motor IEF V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n Basic version included 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
V, P, f = Voltage, power, 66/86 Restart inhibit
frequency protection 51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection 81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
IEF = Intermittent earth fault 27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
1) Only with insensitive earth-current 32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
2)
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7. rate-of-frequency-change protection RH


code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
derived from current): Additional time-
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent
protection
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage 5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
27/47/59(N)Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
rate-of-frequency-change protection HG
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics HA
ARC, fault locator, synchro-check Without 0
21FL With fault locator 2
79, 21FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
25 With synchro-check4) 4 5)
25, 79, 21FL With synchro-check4), auto-reclosure,
fault locator 7 5)
For protection of explosion-protected motos (increased-safety type of protection "e" Z X 9 9 3)
V, P, f = Voltage, power,
frequency protection
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) This variant will be supplied with a
previous firmware version.
4) Synchro-check (no asynchronous
switching), one function group; available
only with devices 7SJ623 and 7SJ624
5) Ordering option only available for devices
7SJ623 and 7SJ624

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62oo – ooooo – ¨¨¨¨–ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
1)
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
1)
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2)
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L 0 E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
2)
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L 0H
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 2) 9 L 0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 2) 9 L 0 S
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00)
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”

7SJ6225-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC

DIGSI 4
Complete version:
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)

DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition
5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Varistor/Voltage arrester
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ62

English C53000-G1140-C207-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

1)
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
Short-circuit links
nals


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/101 7SJ621 connection diagram

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/102 7SJ622 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ623, E
E
LSA4734a-en.eps
Fig. 5/103 7SJ623, 7SJ625 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ624, E
E
LSA4735a-en.eps
Fig. 5/104 7SJ624, 7SJ626 connection diagram


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Temperature monitoring 5
Fig. 5/105 • Under-/overvoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 multifunction
protection relay • Under-/overfrequency protection
• Auto-reclosure
Description
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 can be used as a • Lockout
protective control and monitoring relay for
distribution feeders and transmission lines Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. Regarding • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
the time-overcurrent/directional time- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
overcurrent protection the characteristics
• Extended user-defined logic with CFC
can be either definite time, inverse time or
(e.g. interlocking)
user-defined.
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 is equipped with
motor protection applicable for asynchron- • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
ous machines of all sizes. Motor protection • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
comprises undercurrent monitoring, • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
starting time supervision, restart inhibit, • Slave pointer
locked rotor. • Trip circuit supervision
The relay provides easy-to-use local control • Fuse failure monitor
and automation functions. The number of • 8 oscillographic fault records
controllable switchgear depends only on the
number of available inputs and outputs. The Communication interfaces
integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows • System interface
the user to implement their own functions, – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- – PROFIBUS-FMS /-DP
locking). The user is able to generate user- – DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
defined messages as well.
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77

Application

protection relay that also performs control
The 7SJ63 units can be used for line protec- The relays can be used universally for backup
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks protection.
ports the user in cost-effective power system
with earthed (grounded), low-resistance
management, and ensures reliable supply of
earthed, isolated or compensated neutral Metering values
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
point.
tion has been designed according to ergo- Extensive measured values, limit values and
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic metering values permit improved systems
Motor protection
display was a major design aim. management.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ63 relays
Control are suitable for asynchronous machines of
all sizes.
The integrated control function permits con-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
Transformer protection
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers
via the integrated operator panel, binary in- The 7SJ63 units perform all functions of
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection backup protection supplementary to trans-
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or former differential protection. The inrush
position) of the primary equipment can be suppression effectively prevents tripping by
displayed. 7SJ63 supports substations with inrush currents.
single and duplicate busbars. The number of
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs
tion faults on the transformer.
and outputs available. A full range of com-
mand processing functions is provided.
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.

Application
50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

IE>, IE>>
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
59N/64 VE/V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

5
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box)

21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ63 relays, referred to a 19" module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/107 Fig. 5/108
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals with covered connection terminals and wirings
5 mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/109), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/109
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/111
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/110
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type terminals

(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
the earth current (four transformers). Two
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
Fig. 5/112 Fig. 5/113 5


Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and non-directional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.


(ANSI 67, 67N)
to the non-directional overcurrent elements.
Their pickup values and delay times can be
set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristic is offered. The tripping charac-
teristic can be rotated about ± 180 degrees.
By means of voltage memory, directionality
can be determined reliably even for close-in Fig. 5/114
(local) faults. If the switching device closes Directional characteristic
onto a fault and the voltage is too low to de- of the directional time-
termine direction, directionality (direc-
tional decision) is made with voltage from
5 the voltage memory. If no voltage exists in
the memory, tripping occurs according to
the coordination schedule.
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable). Using nega-
tive-sequence variables can be advantageous
in cases where the zero voltage tends to be
very low due to unfavorable zero-sequence
impedances.

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be- Fig. 5/115
tween the protection stations are not signifi- Directional determination
cant and pilot wires are available for signal using cosine measurements
transmission. In addition to the directional for compensated networks
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
for complete selective backup protection. If
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an
low-resistance earthed networks with
interruption of the transmission line is de- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping char-
tected. sensitive input transformer is connected to
acteristics can be rotated approximately
a phase-balance neutral current transformer
± 45 degrees.
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection (also called core-balance CT).
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
The function can also be operated in the
can be implemented: tripping or “signalling
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- insensitive mode as an additional short-
only mode”.
works, the direction of power flow in the zero circuit protection.
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen- It has the following functions:
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the re- • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
active current component is evaluated; for • Two instantaneous elements or one
compensated networks, the active current instantaneous plus one user-defined
component or residual resistive current is characteristic.
evaluated. For special network conditions, • Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.
• The function can also be operated in the
insensitive mode as an additional
short-circuit protection.
Protection functions When the high-impedance measurement

principle is applied, all current transformers
Intermittent earth-fault protection in the protected area are connected in parallel
and operated on one common resistor of rel-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to atively high R whose voltage is measured (see
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result Fig. 5/116). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt-
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults age is measured by detecting the current
either simply cease at some stage or develop through the (external) resistor R at the sensi-
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit- tive current measurement input IEE. The
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the
networks that are impedance-earthed may event of an internal fault. It cuts off the high
undergo thermal overloading. The normal momentary voltage spikes occurring at trans-
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect former saturation. At the same time, this re-
and interrupt the current pulses, some of sults in smoothing of the voltage without any
which can be very brief. noteworthy reduction of the average value.
The selectivity required with intermittent If no faults have occurred and in the event of
earth faults is achieved by summating the external faults, the system is at equilibrium,
duration of the individual pulses and by and the voltage through the resistor is ap-
triggering when a (settable) summed time is proximately zero. In the event of internal Fig. 5/116 High-impedance restricted
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a earth-fault protection 5
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems voltage and a current flow through the resis-
period. tor R.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) The current transformers must be of the
For protecting cables and transformers,
(Negative-sequence protection) same type and must at least offer a separate
an overload protection with an integrated
In line protection, the two-element phase- pre-warning element for temperature and
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
balance current/negative-sequence protec- current can be applied. The temperature is
lar have the same transformation ratio and
tion permits detection on the high side of calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
age. They should also demonstrate only min-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side which takes account both of the energy en-
imal measuring errors.
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group tering the equipment and the energy losses.
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
high-resistance faults beyond the trans- justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
former. Multiple reclosures can be defined by the the previous load and the load fluctuations.
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres-
For thermal protection of motors (especially
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) ent after the last reclosure. The following
the stator) a further time constant can be set
functions are possible:
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is so that the thermal ratios can be detected
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults correctly while the motor is rotating and
command, another command can be initi- • Separate settings for phase and earth faults when it is stopped. The ambient temperature
ated using the breaker failure protection or the temperature of the coolant can be de-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure tected serially via an external temperature
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
(RAR) and up to nine delayed monitoring box (resistance-temperature de-
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
auto-reclosures (DAR) tector box, also called RTD- box). The ther-
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip mal replica of the overload function is auto-
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) matically adapted to the ambient conditions.
use of the circuit-breaker position indication. If there is no RTD-box it is assumed that the
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary ambient temperatures are constant.
inputs
High-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection (ANSI 87N) • ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC Settable dropout delay times
The high-impedance measurement principle • The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method ments can either be blocked or operated mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans- non-delayed depending on the auto- tent faults, the long dropout times of the
formers. It can also be applied to motors, reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
generators and reactors when these are • Dynamic setting change of the directional
operated on an earthed network. of time grading. Clean time grading is only
and non-directional elements can be acti-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
vated depending on the ready AR
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
out times can be defined for certain functions
such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.

n Motor protection
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
out only permits start-up of the motor if the
rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up (see Fig. 5/117).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the
thermal replica as long as the binary input is
5 active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
replica to zero. Fig. 5/117

Up to two temperature monitoring boxes If the trip time is rated according to the Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be above formula, even a prolonged start-up
The two-element undervoltage protection
used for temperature monitoring and detec- and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
provides protection against dangerous volt-
tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta- current) will be evaluated correctly. The trip-
age drops (especially for electric machines).
tus of motors, generators and transformers ping time is inverse (current dependent).
Applications include the isolation of genera-
can be monitored with this device. Addition- A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- tors or motors from the network to avoid
ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat- tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- undesired operating states and a possible loss
ing machines are monitored for limit value ping is effected. of stability. Proper operating conditions of
violation. The temperatures are being meas- electrical machines are best evaluated with
ured with the help of temperature detectors Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
at various locations of the device to be pro- (Negative-sequence protection) tion function is active over a wide frequency
tected. This data is transmitted to the protec- range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
tion relay via one or two temperature moni- The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
falling below this frequency range the func-
toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/153). rent protection detects a phase failure or load
tion continues to work, however, with a
unbalance due to network asymmetry and
greater tolerance band.
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. The function can operate either with the pos-
Starting time supervision protects the motor itive phase-sequence system voltage (default)
against long unwanted start-ups that might Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) or with the phase-to-phase voltages, and can
occur in the event of excessive load torque or be monitored with a current criterion.
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or With this function, a sudden drop in current,
which can occur due to a reduced motor Three-phase and single-phase connections
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is are possible.
calculated from measured stator current. The load, is detected. This may be due to shaft
tripping time is calculated according to the breakage, no-load operation of pumps or fan Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
following equation: failure.
Frequency protection can be used for over-
for I > IMOTOR START n Voltage protection frequency and underfrequency protection.
2
Electric machines and parts of the system are
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) protected from unwanted speed deviations.
⎝ I ⎠ Unwanted frequency changes in the network
The two-element overvoltage protection de-
I = Actual current flowing tects unwanted network and machine can be detected and the load can be removed
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor overvoltage conditions. The function can op- at a specified frequency setting. Frequency
start erate either with phase-to-phase voltage (de- protection can be used over a wide frequency
t = Tripping time fault) or with the negative phase-sequence range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). There are four
IA = Rated motor starting current system voltage. Three-phase and single-phase elements (selectable as overfrequency or
TA = Tripping time at rated motor connections are possible. underfrequency) and each element can be
starting current delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency
protection can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element.
for fN = 50/60 Hz.

Protection functions/Functions Commissioning

Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
The fault locator specifies the distance to a binary inputs can be read individually and
fault location in kilometers or miles or the the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
reactance of a second fault operation. vidually. The operation of switching ele-
ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring can be checked using the switching functions
of the bay controller. The analog measured
Methods for determining circuit-breaker values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
contact wear or the remaining service life of a ational measured values. To prevent trans-
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance mission of information to the control center
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree during maintenance, the bay controller com-
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- munications can be disabled to prevent un-
nance costs. necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
There is no mathematically exact method of ing commissioning, all indications with test
calculating the wear or the remaining service marking for test purposes can be connected
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account to a control and protection system.
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when
Test operation
5
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re- During commissioning, all indications can
flect the different operator philosophies. To be passed to an automatic control system for Fig. 5/118 CB switching cycle diagram
do justice to these, the devices offer several test purposes.
methods:
n Control and automatic functions Switching authority
• I
Switching authority is determined according
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3 Control
to parameters, communication or by key-
The devices additionally offer a new method In addition to the protection functions, the operated switch (when available).
for determining the remaining service life: SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
• Two-point method and monitoring functions that are required switching operations are possible. The fol-
for operating medium-voltage or high-volt- lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
age substations. down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/118) and
the breaking current at the time of contact The main application is reliable control of “REMOTE”.
opening serve as the basis for this method. switching and other processes. Key-operated switch
After CB opening, the two-point method cal-
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary 7SJ63 units are fitted with key-operated
culates the number of still possible switching
devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- switch function for local/remote changeover
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2
tacts and communicated to the 7SJ63 via bi- and changeover between interlocked switch-
only have to be set on the device. These are
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect ing and test operation.
specified in the CB's technical data.
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED
All of these methods are phase-selective and position or a fault or intermediate cir- Command processing
a limit value can be set in order to obtain an cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position.
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex- All the functionality of command processing
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
ceeds the limit value during determination
controlled via: gle and double commands with or without
of the remaining service life.
– integrated operator panel feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.) – binary inputs control hardware and software, checking of
– substation control and protection system the external process, control actions using
Additional functions, which are not time functions such as runtime monitoring and
critical, can be implemented via the CFC us- – DIGSI 4
automatic command termination after out-
ing measured values. Typical functions input. Here are some typical applications:
Automation / user-defined logic
clude reverse power, voltage controlled
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and zero- With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Single and double commands using 1,
sequence voltage detection. graphic interface (CFC), specific functions 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
for the automation of switchgear or substa- • User-definable bay interlocks
tion. Functions are activated via function
• Operating sequences combining several
keys, binary input or via communication
interface.
earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
existing information

Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Assignment of feedback to command

switching devices and transformer taps are
5 acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there-
fore distinguish whether the indication Fig. 5/119
change is a consequence of switching opera- Typical wiring for 7SJ632 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change Binary output BO4 and BO5 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
of state.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Binary indications can be filtered or delayed.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt- Fig. 5/120 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
motor-controlled three-position switch
age is still present after a set period of time.
In the event of indication delay, there is a
wait for a preset time. The information is
passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
important signals.
Fig. 5/121 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

Functions Metered values

For internal metering, the unit can calculate
Measured values an energy metered value from the measured
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac- current and voltage values. If an external me-
quired current and voltage along with the ter with a metering pulse output is available,
power factor, frequency, active and reactive the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
power. The following functions are available metering pulses via an indication input.
for measured value processing: The metered values can be displayed and
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made be-
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1 tween forward, reverse, active and reactive
• Symmetrical components energy.
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
Measuring transducers
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective) • Characteristic with knee
For measuring transducers it sometimes
• Power factor (cos ϕ)
makes sense to extend a small range of the
(total and phase-selective)
• Frequency
input value, e.g. for the frequency that is
only relevant in the range 45 to 55, 55 to
5
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and 65 Hz. This can be achieved by using a
LSP2078-afp.eps
reverse power flow knee characteristic.
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum • Live-zero monitoring
current and voltage values 4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for
open-circuit detection.
• Mean operating temperature of overload Switchgear cubicles
function for high/medium voltage
• Limit value monitoring All units are designed specifically to meet
Limit values are monitored using pro- Fig. 5/122
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
applications.
cation. In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
• Zero suppression measuring transducer ...) or additional
In a certain range of very low measured control components are necessary.
interference.


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automation
control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended
rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run.
protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
directly between bay units so as to set up
to optimally integrate units into the changing
simple masterless systems for bay and system
communication infrastructure, for example
interlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
years to come).
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
Fig. 5/123
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front tional standard for the transmission of pro- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
5 be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- sages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
program and are available through this inter- protocol.
face.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
Rear-mounted interfaces1) PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
A number of communication modules suit- protocol in industrial automation. Via
able for various applications can be fitted in PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In information available to a SIMATIC control-
the flush-mounting housing, the modules ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
can be easily replaced by the user. mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
The interface modules support the following values can also be transferred.
applications:
MODBUS RTU protocol
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
electrical time synchronization interface. used in industry and by power supply corpo-
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in rations, and is supported by a number of unit
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as Fig. 5/124
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
MODBUS slaves, making their information Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
via time synchronization receivers. IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
• System interface available to a master or receiving information
Communication with a central control from it. A time-stamped event list is avail-
system takes place through this interface. able.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol


control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system.
5
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/123). Fig. 5/125
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
LSP3.01-0021.tif
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu-

bicles and an interference-free optical con-
nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus
also enabling direct connection of units of
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus.
Fig. 5/126
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also Optical Ethernet communication module
be used in other manufacturers’ systems for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
(see Fig. 5/124).

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/127
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/128
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/129
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

Typical connections

phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in compen-
sated networks.
Figure 5/130 shows sensitive directional
Fig. 5/130
with directional
element for phases
5
Fig. 5/131

used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.
Fig. 5/132
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks


Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
5 neutral current transformers possible
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Fig. 5/133, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
Fig. 5/133 Undervoltage release with make contact ( 50, 51)

In Fig. 5/134 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.

cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

and reset using the LED reset key. The lock- Fig. 5/134 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
5
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.
Fig. 5/136 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 11 24 20 37 33
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V DC
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 1…6 / 8…19 / 25…36;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 7 / 20…24 / 37
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 8 11 11 14 14
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A / B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability in voltage path
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
(phase-neutral voltage)
2000 switching cycles
Power relay (for motor control)
Measuring transducer inputs
Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
Type 7SJ633 7SJ636
7SJ633
Number 2 2 7SJ636
Input current DC 0 - 20 mA Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8)
Input resistance 10 Ω Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Power consumption 5.8 mW at 24 mA Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) Break 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage 30 A for 0.5 s
peak-to-peak
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 4 W 5.5 W 7W
Energized Approx. 10 W 16 W 20 W
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 V 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 3 W 5W 7W
Energized Approx. 12 W 18 W 23 W
Backup time during ≥ 200 ms
loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary alternating voltage

Technical data
Electrical tests Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Specification capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;

ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
UL508 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Insulation tests Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity

IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Ri = 200 Ω
all circuits except for auxiliary EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz

only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
and time synchronization Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses Units with a detached operator panel
class III
at intervals of 5 s must be installed in a metal cubicle
to maintain limit class B 5
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Mechanical stress tests
(product standard) Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
EN 50082-2 (generic specification) During operation
DIN 57435 Part 303
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz Shock Semi-sinusoidal
field, non-modulated IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-3; class III IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 % (vertical axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; (horizontal axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities; (vertical axis)
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge) During transportation
IEC 61000-4-5; class III Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF Vibration Sinusoidal
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s; of 3 axes

Technical data
Climatic stress tests System interface (rear of unit)

Temperatures IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h to a control center
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to +158 °F Transmission rate Factory setting: 9600 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 9600 baud, max. 19200 baud
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F RS232/RS485
ing temperature acc. to
IEC 60255-6 Connection
(Legibility of display may be im- For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
paired above +55 °C /+131 °F) surface-mounting housing with
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F detached operator panel
permanent storage For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
transport top/bottom part
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft
Humidity
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
5 It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela- Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
units in such a way that they are tive humidity; condensation not Fiber optic
not exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
pronounced temperature changes Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for
that could cause condensation. fiber-optic connection
Unit design surface-mounting housing with
Housing 7XP20 detached operator panel
Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15 of For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
this catalog with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Weight in kg Housing width 1/2 Housing width 1/1
Surface-mounting housing 7.5 15 Optical wavelength 820 nm
Flush-mounting housing 6.5 13 Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Housing for detached operator 8.0 15 Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
panel IEC 61850 protocol
Detached operator panel 2.5 2.5
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
Degree of protection - to a control center
acc. to EN 60529 - with DIGSI
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 - between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Operator safety IP 2x with cover Transmission rate 100 Mbit
Ethernet, electrical
Serial interfaces Connection Two RJ45 connectors
Operating interface (front of unit) For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, detached operator panel
9-pin subminiature connector
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Transmission rate min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Ethernet, optical
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
RS232/RS485 surface-mounting housing with
Connection
Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
detached operator panel PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable to a control center
top/bottom part
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft

Technical data
RS485 Functions
Connection Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, (ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
detached operator panel phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3)
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Setting ranges
top/bottom part Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud; Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Times
Pickup times (without inrush
Fiber optic restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
For flush-mounting housing/ tion, mounting location “B” Non-directional Directional
surface-mounting housing with With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
With five times the setting value
Dropout times
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 40 ms
40 ms
5
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174
Tolerances
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles (ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
to a control center
Setting ranges
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
RS485 Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Connection (IEC characteristics)
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” (ANSI characteristics)
detached operator panel Trip characteristics
For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing: IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable extremely inverse, long inverse
top/bottom part ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units moderately inverse, very inverse,
recommended extremely inverse, definite inverse
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Fiber-optic pairs of current and time delay
Dropout setting
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
connection Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” 0.95 · pickup threshold
surface-mounting housing with With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Tolerances
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Optical wavelength 820 nm 30 ms
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 30 ms
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)

Technical data
Direction detection (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)
For phase faults Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Polarization With cross-polarized voltages; Setting ranges
With voltage memory for measure- Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
ment voltages that are too low Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
lated)
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86° Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults unlimited; Times
For three-phase faults dynamically Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
unlimited;
Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-phase Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
For earth faults Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
or with negative-sequence quantities Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
3V2, 3I2 Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
5 Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Measuring principle Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage, Setting ranges
measured; Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage, Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
calculated
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1) Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Tolerances (phase angle error un- Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
der reference conditions) Setting ranges
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Inrush blocking For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
IEp (directional, non-directional)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Lower function limit 1.25 A1)
Times
Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
range) Approx. 80 ms (directional
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF Tolerances
Dynamic setting change Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Start criteria Current criteria, Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
CB position via aux. contacts, User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
binary input, current and delay time values
auto-reclosure ready I
Logarithmic inverse
t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
Time control 3 timers I EEp
Current criteria Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold; Setting ranges
monitoring with timer) Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
User defined
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
Times Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Pickup times
Approx 80 ms (directional) Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns) Setting ranges
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Setting ranges Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
Measuring enable IRelease direct. (in steps of 1 %)
0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
For normal input
Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time 5
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °) kτ factor constant with the machine running
Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) (in steps of 0.1)
Angle correction for cable CT
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Current value I1, I2
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln
(I / k ⋅ Inom) − 1
2
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Angle tolerance 3° t =
Tripping time
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase τth =
Temperature rise time constant
overcurrent protection I =
Load current
Ipre =
Preload current
Setting ranges k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) protection relay
Dropout ratios
Times Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Pickup times Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Minimum Approx. 20 ms I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Tolerances
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Tolerances Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; Number of reclosures 0 to 9
5 % of setting value or Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Program for phase fault
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Intermittent earth-fault protection (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
binary input
Setting ranges
Program for earth fault
Pickup threshold Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) protection, binary input
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
gation time
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
mulation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) reclosing),
accumulation TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF),
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
intermittent earth fault
external CLOSE command
1) At Inom = 1 A,
all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) (cont'd) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)

Setting ranges Setting ranges
Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
(separate for phase and earth Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
and individual for shots 1 to 4) (IEC characteristics)
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s) Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
CLOSE detection (ANSI characteristics)
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1)
reclosure Trip characteristics
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
dynamic blocking inverse
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) very inverse, extremely inverse
time Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) Dropout
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
5 Action time
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Tolerances
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4 Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
delay of dead-time start via binary input Setting ranges
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
(monitored),
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
dead-time extension via binary input
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
(monitored),
time TSTARTUP
co-ordination with other protection
relays,
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
evaluation of the CB contacts Tripping time characteristic 2
I
For I > IMOTOR START
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) ⎝ I ⎠
Setting ranges
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
current
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) I = Actual current flowing
Times TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Pickup times motor starting current
with internal start is contained in the delay time t = Tripping time in seconds
start via control is contained in the delay time Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
with external start is contained in the delay time Tolerances
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Tolerances Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Setting ranges
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms

Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting ranges Operating modes/measuring
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) quantities
to rated motor current 3-phase Positive-sequence component or small-
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom est of the phase-to-phase voltages
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) phase-phase voltage
TStart Max Setting ranges
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) 3-phase, phase-earth 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME connection
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) 3-phase, phase-phase 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts connection
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) 1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
simulations of rotor at zero speed Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ at STOP Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
IMIN"
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
5
kτ RUNNING Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages
Restarting limit Times
nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅ Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
nc Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
which restarting is possi-
ble
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
rotor overtemperature Operating modes/measuring
(= 100 % in operational quantities
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip) 3-phase Negative-sequence component or
nc = Number of permissible largest of the phase-to-phase voltages
start-ups from cold state 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
measured values 3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
Temperature detectors
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 tion, largest phase-phase
Number of temperature Max. 6 voltage
detectors per box 3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω voltage
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or 1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Thresholds for indications Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms
Dropout times As pickup times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Tolerances
or ∞ (no indication) Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V

Technical data
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated
Number of frequency elements 4 in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and
in % Snom
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with
positive-sequence voltage V1 Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom
Times cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated

Pickup times Approx. 150 ms Range - 1 to + 1
Dropout times Approx. 150 ms Tolerance2) 3 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707
Dropout Frequency f In Hz
Δf = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05 Tolerance2) 20 mHz
Tolerances Temperature overload protection In %
Pickup thresholds Θ/ΘTrip
Frequency 10 mHz
5 Undervoltage blocking
Delay times
3 % of setting value or 1 V
3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Range
Tolerance2)
0 to 400 %
5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) Temperature restart inhibit In %
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Output of the fault distance In Ω secondary,
in km / mile of line length Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a protec-
tion element, via binary input Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
Setting ranges Reclose time TReclose In min
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001) Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) detection (total, real, and reactive secondary
Tolerances current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
Measuring transducer
and IK/Inom ≥ 1
Operating range 0 to 24 mA
Accuracy range 1 to 20 mA
Additional functions Tolerance2) 1.5 %, relative to rated value of 20 mA
Operational measured values For standard usage of the measurement transducer for pressure and
Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom temperature monitoring
IL1, IL2, IL3 Operating measured value Pressure in hPa
Positive-sequence component I1 Operating range (presetting) 0 hPa to 1200 hPa
Negative-sequence component I2 Operating measured value tem- Temp in °C / °F
IE or 3I0 perature
Operating range (presetting) 0 °C to 240 °C or 32 °F to 464 °F
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box"
Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Long-term averages
Phase-to-phase voltages Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Positive-sequence component V1 Frequency of updates Adjustable
Negative-sequence component V2 Long-term averages
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
and in % of Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated
in kW (MW or GW) primary and in
% Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom 1) At rated frequency.

Technical data
Max. / Min. report Energy/power

Report of measured values With date and time Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
(in minutes, 0 to 1439 min) demand)
Time frame and starting time adjust- Tolerance1) ≤ 5 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom and
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞) ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
Reset, manual Using binary input, Statistics
using keypad, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
via communication
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3, commands (segregated according
I1 (positive-sequence component) to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Circuit-breaker wear
V1 (positive-sequence component)
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
• 2-point method (remaining service
Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency life)
Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
protection
Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
sured values on TRIP command, up to
5
I1 (positive-sequence component); monitoring indication
Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd Operating hours counter
Local measured values monitoring Display range Up to 7 digits
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor, Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
for I>Ibalance limit threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor, Trip circuit monitoring
for V>Vlim
Current sum |iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
with Commissioning aids
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC Phase rotation field check,
k iE = earth operational measured values,
CT PRIM / CT SEC
circuit-breaker / switching device
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise test,
(ACB) creation of a test measurement
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise report
(ACB) Clock
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal
expansions via CFC (telegram format IRIG-B000),
Fault recording binary input,
communication
8 power system faults Control
Recording of indications of the last Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
3 power system ground faults outputs
Time stamping Interlocking Programmable
Resolution for event log 1 ms Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
(operational annunciations) position
Resolution for trip log 1 ms Control commands Single command / double command
(fault annunciations) 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Maximum time deviation 0.01 % Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
(internal clock) Local control Control via menu,
Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah, control with control keys
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery Remote control Via communication interfaces,
Fault" for insufficient battery charge using a substation automation and
Oscillographic fault recording control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
memory maintained by buffer bat-
tery in case of loss of power supply
Recording time Total 5 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
and memory time adjustable

Technical data

Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
5 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in


Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO), measuring transducer
Housing 1/2 19”, 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status contact 2
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
4 power relays, 1 live status contact 3 see
next
Housing 1/1 19”, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 5 page
Housing 1/1 19”, 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 6
Measuring inputs (3 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 4
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminals top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminals, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting , screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs),
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G

Region FR, IEC/ANSI language: French, selectable D
Region World, IEC/ANSI language: Spanish, selectable E


1) Rated current can be selected by means No interface at rear side 0
of jumpers. DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
2) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
voltage ranges can be selected by DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be Measuring/fault recording
selected per binary input by means of Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from
unit version .../EE
5) Temperature monitoring box 6) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
7XV5662-oAD10, refer the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter
to “Accessories”. 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.


50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
47 Phase sequence
5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout F A
n V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F E
n IEF V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
47 Phase sequence F C
n Dir V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H F 2)
n Basic version included continued on next page

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection


code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63oo – ooooo – oooo–oooo
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
47 Phase sequence
5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
81O/U Under-/overfrequency R H 2)
n Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
81O/U Under-/overfrequency HG
66/86 Restart inhibit HA
ARC, fault locator Without 0
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9 3)

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
3) This variant might be supplied
with a previous firmware version.

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63oo – ooooo – oooo–ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G
2
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L0R
2)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 9 L0S

7SJ6325-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC

DIGSI 4
Complete version:

5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ63

English C53000-G1140-C147-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)

Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)

Short-circuit links
nals


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/137
*) For pinout of communication ports

see part 15 of this catalog.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/138
*) For pinout of communication ports 1) Power relays are intended to directly control
see part 15 of this catalog. motorized switches. The power relays are
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec). out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/139
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
be used.
Connection diagram
*) For pinout of communica-

tion ports see part 15 of
this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
refer to the manual
(http://www.siemens.
com/siprotec).
1) Power relays are intended
to directly control motor-
ized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so
only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in or-
der to avoid shorting
out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are
BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7,
BO16/BO17 and
BO18/BO19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.
Fig. 5/140

Connection diagram

this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
refer to the manual
com/siprotec).
BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7,
BO16/BO17 and
BO18/BO19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.
Fig. 5/141


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64
Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent
protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection 5
Fig. 5/142 • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction • Power protection (e.g. reverse, factor)
protection relay
• Synchronization
The relay provides easy-to-use local control
Description • Auto-reclosure
and automation functions. The number of
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 can be used as a controllable switchgear depends only on the
• Fault locator
protective control and monitoring relay for number of available inputs and outputs. The • Lockout
distribution feeders and transmission lines integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed the user to implement their own functions, • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point locking). CFC capacity is much larger com- on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks pared to 7SJ63 due to extended CPU power. • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with The user is able to generate user-defined operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. The messages as well. • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 is equipped with a syn- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
The flexible communication interfaces are
chronization function which provides the • Extended user-defined logic with CFC
open for modern communication architec-
operation modes ‘synchronization check’ (e.g. interlocking)
tures with control systems.
(classical) and ‘synchronous/asynchronous
switching’ (which takes the CB mechanical
delay into consideration). Motor protection • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
time supervision, restart inhibit, locked ro- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
tor, load jam protection as well as motor • Slave pointer
statistics. • Trip circuit supervision
The 7SJ64 is featuring the "flexible protection • Fuse failure monitor
functions". Up to 20 protection functions can • 8 oscillographic fault records
be added according to individual require- • Motor statistics
ments. Thus, for example, rate-of-fre- Communication interfaces
quency-change protection or reverse power • System interface
protection can be implemented. – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS / DP
– DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
• Additional interface for temperature
detection (RTD-box)
• Time synchronization via
IRIG B/DCF77

Application
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 unit is a numerical Programmable logic Motor protection

protection relay that also performs control
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) When protecting motors, the relays are suit-
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
allow users to implement their own func- able for asynchronous machines of all sizes.
ports the user in cost-effective power system
management, and ensures reliable supply of
locking) or a substation via a graphic user Transformer protection
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
interface. Due to extended CPU power, the
tion has been designed according to ergo- The 7SJ64 units perform all functions of
programmable logic capacity is much larger
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic backup protection supplementary to trans-
compared to 7SJ63. The user can also gene-
display was a major design aim. former differential protection. The inrush
rate user-defined messages.
suppression effectively prevents tripping by
Control inrush currents.
Line protection
The integrated control function permits con- The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
The 7SJ64 units can be used for line protec-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper- protection detects short-circuits and insula-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers tion faults of the transformer.
with earthed, low-resistance earthed, isolated
via the integrated operator panel, binary in-
or compensated neutral point.
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection Backup protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or
Synchronization The relays can be used universally for backup
position) of the primary equipment can be
protection.
displayed. 7SJ64 supports substations with In order to connect two components of a
single and duplicate busbars. The number of power system, the relay provides a synchro-
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to nization function which verifies that switch-
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs ing ON does not endanger the stability of the By configuring a connection between a
and outputs available. A full range of com- power system. standard protection logic and any measured
mand processing functions is provided. or derived quantity, the functional scope of
The synchronization function provides the
the relays can be easily expanded by up to
operation modes ‘synchro-check’ (classical)
20 protection stages or protection functions.
and ‘synchronous/asynchronous switching’
(which takes the c.-b. mechanical delay into Metering values
consideration).
Extensive measured values, limit values and
metered values permit improved system
management.

Application

IE>, IE>>, IE>>>
50, 50N I>>>>, I2> Additional definite-time overcurrent protection stages

IE>>>> (phase/neutral) via flexible protection functions
51, 51V, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral),

phase function with voltage-dependent option
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection

IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir (definite/inverse, phase/neutral)
59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

5
79M Auto-reclosure
25 Synchronization

47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence

monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,

59R dV/dt Rate-of-voltage-change protection
32 P<>, Q<> Reverse-power, forward-power protection
55 cos ϕ Power factor protection
81R df/dt Rate-of-frequency-change protection
21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/3, 1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ64 relays, referred to a 19” module
frame system. This means that previous
LSP2299-bfpen.tif
models can always be replaced. The height
LSP2174-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housings for all housing widths.
All cables can be connected with or without
ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as
an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/144 Fig. 5/145
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Front view of 7SJ64 with 1/3x19" housing
with screw-type terminals
5 mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/146), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/146
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/148
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/147
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type terminals

(ANSI 50, 50N, 51,51V, 51N)
the earth current (four transformers). Three
delay time can be set in a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated. The inverse-time function pro-
vides – as an option – voltage-restraint or
voltage-controlled operating modes.
With the "flexible protection functions", fur-
ther definite-time overcurrent stages can be
implemented in the 7SJ64 unit. Fig. 5/149 Fig. 5/150 5

Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and nondirectional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.


(ANSI 67, 67N)
to the non-directional overcurrent elements.
Their pickup values and delay times can be
set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristic is offered. The tripping charac-
teristic can be rotated about ± 180 degrees.
By means of voltage memory, directionality
can be determined reliably even for close-in Fig. 5/151
(local) faults. If the switching device closes Directional characteristic
onto a fault and the voltage is too low to de- of the directional time-
termine direction, directionality (direc-
tional decision) is made with voltage from
5 the voltage memory. If no voltage exists in
the memory, tripping occurs
according to the coordination schedule.
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero voltage
tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be-
tween the protection stations are not signifi- Fig. 5/152
cant and pilot wires are available for signal Directional determination
using cosine measurements
transmission. In addition to the directional for compensated networks
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
for complete selective backup protection. If For special network conditions, e.g. high-re- • The function can also be operated in the
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an sistance earthed networks with ohmic-capac- insensitive mode, as an additional
interruption of the transmission line is de- itive earth-fault current or low-resistance short-circuit protection.
tected. earthed networks with ohmic-inductive
current, the tripping characteristics can be (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection rotated approximately ± 45 degrees. (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns/50N, 51N)
(ANSI 64, 67Ns/67N)
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection For high-resistance earthed networks, a
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- can be implemented: tripping or “signalling sensitive input transformer is connected to a
works, the direction of power flow in the zero only mode”. phase-balance neutral current transformer
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen- (also called core-balance CT).
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. It has the following functions:
The function can also be operated in the
For networks with an isolated neutral, the • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE. insensitive mode, as an additional short-
reactive current component is evaluated; • Two instantaneous elements or one circuit protection.
for compensated networks, the active current instantaneous plus one user-defined
component or residual resistive current is characteristic.
evaluated. • Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.


Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit-
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in dv /dt
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect
and interrupt the current pulses, some of
which can be very brief. LSA4113-aen.eps
The selectivity required with intermittent

earth faults is achieved by summating the Fig. 5/153 Flexible protection functions
duration of the individual pulses and by
triggering when a (settable) summed time is
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- 5
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems • Blocking option of the ARC via binary Protection stages/functions attainable on the
period. inputs basis of the available characteristic quantities:
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) • The directional and non-directional ele- Function ANSI No.
(Negative-sequence protection) ments can either be blocked or operated I>, IE> 50, 50N
In line protection, the two-element phase- non-delayed depending on the auto-
V<, V>, VE>, dV/dt 27, 59, 59R, 64
balance current/negative-sequence protec- reclosure cycle
tion permits detection on the high side of • Dynamic setting change of the directional 3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1 50N, 46
3V0>, V1><, V2>< 59N, 47
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and and non-directional elements can be acti-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side vated depending on the ready AR P><, Q>< 32
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group • The AR CLOSE command can be given cos ϕ (p.f.)>< 55
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for synchronous by use of the synchroniza-
high-resistance faults beyond the trans- tion function. f>< 81O, 81U
former. df/dt>< 81R
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) For example, the following can be imple-
The 7SJ64 units enable the user to easily add
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is mented:
on up to 20 protective functions. To this end,
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip parameter definitions are used to link a stan- • Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
command, another command can be initi- dard protection logic with any chosen char- • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
ated using the breaker failure protection acteristic quantity (measured or derived (ANSI 81R)
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an quantity) (Fig. 5/153). The standard logic
upstream (higher-level) protection relay. consists of the usual protection elements Synchronization (ANSI 25)
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com- such as the pickup message, the parameter- • In case of switching ON the circuit-breaker,
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted definable delay time, the TRIP command, a the units can check whether the two
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make blocking possibility, etc. The mode of opera- subnetworks are synchronized (classic
use of the circuit-breaker position indication. tion for current, voltage, power and power synchro-check). Furthermore, the syn-
factor quantities can be three-phase or chronizing function may operate in the
Auto-reclosures (ANSI 79) single-phase. Almost all quantities can be “Synchronous/asynchronous switching”
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the operated as greater than or less than stages. mode. The unit then distinguishes be-
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres- All stages operate with protection priority. tween synchronous and asynchronous
ent after the last reclosure. The following networks:
functions are possible: In synchronous networks, frequency differ-
ences between the two subnetworks are
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
almost non-existant. In this case, the circuit-
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults breaker operating time does not need to be
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure considered. Under asynchronous condition,
(RAR) and up to nine delayed however, this difference is markedly larger
auto-reclosures (DAR) and the time window for switching is
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip shorter. In this case, it is recommended to
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) consider the operating time of the circuit-
breaker.

Protection functions n Motor protection

The command is automatically pre-dated
by the duration of the operating time of the If a motor is started up too many times in
circuit-breaker, thus ensuring that the con- succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
tacts of the CB close at exactly the right time. mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
Up to 4 sets of parameters for the synchro- from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
nizing function can be stored in the unit. out only permits start-up of the motor if the
This is an important feature when several rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
circuit-breakers with different operating complete start-up (see Fig. 5/155).
times are to be operated by one single relay.
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
For protecting cables and transformers, via a binary input by storing the state of the
an overload protection with an integrated thermal replica as long as the binary input is
pre-warning element for temperature and active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
current can be applied. The temperature is replica to zero.
Fig. 5/154 High-impedance restricted
5 calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
earth- fault protection
which takes account both of the energy en-
tering the equipment and the energy losses. Up to two temperature monitoring boxes
The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be
The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
the event of an internal fault. It cuts off the used for temperature monitoring and detec-
justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
high momentary voltage spikes occurring at tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta-
the previous load and the load fluctuations.
transformer saturation. At the same time, tus of motors, generators and transformers
For thermal protection of motors (especially this results in smoothing of the voltage with- can be monitored with this device. Addition-
the stator), a further time constant can be set out any noteworthy reduction of the average ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat-
so that the thermal ratios can be detected value. If no faults have occurred and in the ing machines are monitored for limit value
correctly while the motor is rotating and event of external faults, the system is at equi- violation. The temperatures are being meas-
when it is stopped. The ambient temperature librium, and the voltage through the resistor ured with the help of temperature detectors
or the temperature of the coolant can be de- is approximately zero. In the event of internal at various locations of the device to be pro-
tected serially via an external temperature faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a tected. This data is transmitted to the protec-
monitoring box (resistance-temperature voltage and a current flow through the resis- tion relay via one or two temperature moni-
detector box, also called RTD- box). The tor R. toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/175).
thermal replica of the overload function is
The current transformers must be of the
automatically adapted to the ambient condi-
same type and must at least offer a separate
tions. If there is no RTD-box it is assumed
that the ambient temperatures are constant.
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
lar have the same transformation ratio and
High-impedance restricted earth-fault
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
protection (ANSI 87N)
age. They should also demonstrate only
The high-impedance measurement principle minimal measuring errors.
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans- Settable dropout delay times
formers. It can also be applied to motors,
If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
generators and reactors when these are oper-
mechanical relays in networks with
ated on an earthed network.
intermittent faults, the long dropout times
When the high-impedance measurement of the electromechanical devices (several
principle is applied, all current transformers hundred milliseconds) can lead to problems
in the protected area are connected in parallel in terms of time grading. Clean time grading
and operated on one common resistor of rel- is only possible if the dropout time is
atively high R whose voltage is measured (see approximately the same. This is why the pa-
Fig. 5/154). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt- rameter of dropout times can be defined for
age is measured by detecting the current certain functions such as time-overcurrent
through the (external) resistor R at the sensi- protection, earth short-circuit and phase-
tive current measurement input IEE. balance current protection.

Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)

Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur in the event of excessive load torque or
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current. The
tripping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠
I = Actual current flowing
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
t
start
= Tripping time
5
IA = Rated motor starting current Fig. 5/155
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current (2 times, for warm
and cold motor) Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) n Voltage protection
(Negative-sequence protection)
The characteristic (equation) can be adapted Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
optimally to the state of the motor by apply- The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
The two-element overvoltage protection
ing different tripping times TA in dependence rent protection detects a phase failure or load
detects unwanted network and machine
of either cold or warm motor state. For dif- unbalance due to network asymmetry and
overvoltage conditions. The function can
ferentiation of the motor state the thermal protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
model of the rotor is applied. perature rise.
to-earth, positive phase-sequence or negative
If the trip time is rated according to the above Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) phase-sequence voltage. Three-phase and
formula, even a prolonged start-up and re- single-phase connections are possible.
duced voltage (and reduced start-up current) With this function, a sudden drop in current,
will be evaluated correctly. The tripping time which can occur due to a reduced motor Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
is inverse (current dependent). load, is detected. This may be due to shaft
The two-element undervoltage protection
breakage, no-load operation of pumps or fan
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- provides protection against dangerous volt-
failure.
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- age drops (especially for electric machines).
ping is effected. Motor statistics Applications include the isolation of genera-
tors or motors from the network to avoid
Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Essential information on start-up of the mo- undesired operating states and a possible loss
tor (duration, current, voltage) and general of stability. Proper operating conditions of
Sudden high loads can cause slowing down information on number of starts, total oper- electrical machines are best evaluated with
and blocking of the motor and mechanical ating time, total down time, etc. are saved as the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
damages. The rise of current due to a load statistics in the device. tion function is active over a wide frequency
jam is being monitored by this function range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
(alarm and tripping). falling below this frequency range the func-
The overload protection function is too slow tion continues to work, however, with a
and therefore not suitable under these cir- greater tolerance band.
cumstances. The function can operate either with
phase-to-phase, phase-to-earth or positive
phase-sequence voltage, and can be moni-
tored with a current criterion.
Three-phase and single-phase connections
are possible.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)

Frequency protection can be used for over-
frequency and underfrequency protection.
Electric machines and parts of the system are
for fN = 50/60 Hz.

Protection functions/Functions Commissioning

Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
protected from unwanted speed deviations. fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
Unwanted frequency changes in the network binary inputs can be read individually and
can be detected and the load can be removed the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
at a specified frequency setting. Frequency vidually. The operation of switching ele-
protection can be used over a wide frequency ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
range (40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz)1). There are four can be checked using the switching functions
elements (selectable as overfrequency or of the bay controller. The analog measured
underfrequency) and each element can be values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency ational measured values. To prevent trans-
protection can be performed if using a binary mission of information to the control center
input or by using an undervoltage element. during maintenance, the bay controller com-
munications can be disabled to prevent un-
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
The integrated fault locator calculates the ing commissioning, all indications with test
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault. marking for test purposes can be connected
The results are displayed in Ω, kilometers to a control and protection system.
5 (miles) and in percent of the line length.
Test operation
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring During commissioning, all indications can
Methods for determining circuit-breaker be passed to an automatic control system for Fig. 5/156 CB switching cycle diagram
contact wear or the remaining service life of a test purposes.
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree n Control and automatic functions Switching authority
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- Control Switching authority is determined according
nance costs. to parameters, communication or by key-
In addition to the protection functions, the operated switch (when available).
There is no mathematically exact method of SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
calculating the wear or the remaining service If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
and monitoring functions that are required switching operations are possible. The fol-
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account for operating medium-voltage or high-volt-
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
age substations. down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re- The main application is reliable control of “REMOTE”.
flect the different operator philosophies. To switching and other processes.
Key-operated switch
do justice to these, the devices offer several The status of primary equipment or auxiliary
methods: devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- 7SJ64 units are fitted with key-operated
switch function for local/remote changeover
• I tacts and communicated to the 7SJ64 via bi-
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect and changeover between interlocked switch-
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED ing and test operation.
• Σ i 2t
position or a fault or intermediate cir-
The devices additionally offer a new method cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position. Command processing
for determining the remaining service life: All the functionality of command processing
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
• Two-point method controlled via: is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic gle and double commands with or without
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/181) and – integrated operator panel feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
the breaking current at the time of contact – binary inputs control hardware and software, checking of
opening serve as the basis for this method. – substation control and protection system the external process, control actions using
After CB opening, the two-point method cal- – DIGSI 4 functions such as runtime monitoring and
culates the number of still possible switching automatic command termination after out-
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2 Automation / user-defined logic put. Here are some typical applications:
only have to be set on the device. These are With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Single and double commands using 1,
specified in the CB's technical data. graphic interface (CFC), specific functions 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
All of these methods are phase-selective and a for the automation of switchgear or substa- • User-definable bay interlocks
tion. Functions are activated via function
limit value can be set in order to obtain an • Operating sequences combining several
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex- keys, binary input or via communication
ceeds the limit value during determination of interface.
the remaining service life. earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations,
1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is
indications or alarm by combination
available for fN = 50/60 Hz. with existing information

Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Assignment of feedback to command

switching devices and transformer taps are
acquired by feedback. These indication in- 5
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there-
fore distinguish whether the indication Fig. 5/157
change is a consequence of switching opera- Typical wiring for 7SJ642 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of Binary output BO6 and BO7 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
state.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Binary indications can be filtered or delayed.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt- Fig. 5/158 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
motor-controlled three-position switch
age is still present after a set period of time.
In the event of indication delay, there is a
wait for a preset time. The information is
passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
important signals.
Fig. 5/159 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

Functions Metered values

For internal metering, the unit can calculate
Measured values an energy metered value from the measured
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac- current and voltage values. If an external me-
quired current and voltage along with the ter with a metering pulse output is available,
power factor, frequency, active and reactive the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
power. The following functions are available metering pulses via an indication input.
for measured value processing: The metered values can be displayed and
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made between
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1,
forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.
Vsyn
• Symmetrical components Switchgear cubicles
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0 for high/medium voltage
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective) All units are designed specifically to meet
• Power factor (cos ϕ) the requirements of high/medium-voltage
(total and phase-selective) applications.
5 • Frequency In general, no separate measuring instru-
LSP2078-afp.eps
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVArh, forward and ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
reverse power flow measuring transducer ...) or additional
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum control components are necessary.
current and voltage values
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands Fig. 5/160
can be derived from this limit value indi- NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
cation.
In a certain range of very low measured
interference.


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automation
control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended
rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run.
protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
directly between bay units so as to set up
to optimally integrate units into the changing
simple masterless systems for bay and system
communication infrastructure, for example
interlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI. It
is also possible to retrieve operating and fault
years to come).
messages and fault recordings via a browser.
This Web monitor also provides a few items
Serial front interface Fig. 5/161
of unit-specific information in browser IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front windows.
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- IEC 60870-5-103 protocol 5
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
program and are available through this international standard for the transmission of
face. protective data and fault recordings. All mes-
sages from the unit and also control com-
Rear-mounted interfaces1) mands can be transferred by means of pub-
lished, Siemens-specific extensions to the
A number of communication modules suit- protocol.
able for various applications can be fitted in Redundant solutions are also possible.
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In Optionally it is possible to read out and alter
the flush-mounting housing, the modules individual parameters (only possible with
can be easily replaced by the user. the redundant module).
The interface modules support the following
applications: PROFIBUS-DP protocol
• Time synchronization interface PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
All units feature a permanently integrated protocol in industrial automation. Via
electrical time synchronization interface. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in Fig. 5/162
information available to a SIMATIC control-
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
ler or, in the control direction, receive com- IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
via time synchronization receivers. mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
• System interface values can also be transferred.
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface. MODBUS RTU protocol
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho- This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can used in industry and by power supply corpo-
exchange data through this interface via rations, and is supported by a number of unit
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as
also be operated by DIGSI. MODBUS slaves, making their information
available to a master or receiving information
from it. A time-stamped event list is available.
units via DIGSI. It can be an electrical
RS232/RS485 interface. For special appli-
cations, a maximum of two temperature
monitoring boxes (RTD-box) can be con-
nected to this interface as an alternative.
• Additional interface
Up to 2 RTD-boxes can be connected via
this interface.


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol


control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
5 mation with the control system.
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/161). Fig. 5/163
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
LSP3.01-0021.tif
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the

cubicles and an interference-free optical con-
nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus
also enabling direct connection of units of
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. Fig. 5/164
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also Optical Ethernet communication module
for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
be used in other manufacturers’ systems
(see Fig. 5/162).

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/165
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/166
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/167
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

Typical connections

phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage of
the open delta winding and a phase-earth
neutral current transformer for the earth
current. This connection maintains maxi-
mum precision for directional earth- fault
detection and must be used in compensated
networks.
Fig. 5/168 shows sensitive directional
Fig. 5/168
with directional
element for phases
5

used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.
Fig. 5/169
Isolated-neutral
or compensated
networks
Connection for the

synchronization function
The 3-phase system is connected as reference
voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages as well as a
single-phase voltage, in this case a busbar
voltage, that has to be synchronized.
Fig. 5/170
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchroni-
zation


Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- -
neutral current transformers possible 5
n Application examples The vector group of the transformer can be

considered by setting parameters. Thus no
Synchronization function
external circuits for vector group adaptation
When two subnetworks must be intercon- are required.
nected, the synchronization function moni-
This synchronism function can be applied in
tors whether the subnetworks are synchro-
conjunction with the auto-reclosure function
nous and can be connected without risk of
as well as with the control function CLOSE
losing stability.
commands (local/remote).
As shown in Fig. 5/171, load is being fed from
a generator to a busbar via a transformer. It is
assumed that the frequency difference of the
2 subnetworks is such that the device deter-
mines asynchronous system conditions.
The voltages of the busbar and the feeder
should be the same when the contacts are
made; to ensure this condition the synchro-
nism function must run in the “synchro-
nous/asynchronous switching” mode.
In this mode, the operating time of the CB
can be set within the relay.
Differences between angle and frequency can
then be calculated by the relay while taking
into account the operating time of the CB.
From these differences, the unit derives the
exact time for issuing the CLOSE command Fig. 5/171 Measuring of busbar and feeder voltages for synchronization
under asynchronous conditions.
When the contacts close, the voltages will be
in phase. 1) Synchronization function
2) Auto-reclosure function

Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Figure 5/172, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
5
Fig. 5/172 Undervoltage release with make contact 50, 51
In Fig. 5/173 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.
Fig. 5/173 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)


cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

and reset using the LED reset key. The lock-
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.
Reverse-power protection for dual supply

(ANSI 32R)
If power is fed to a busbar through two paral- 5
lel infeeds, then in the event of any fault on
one of the infeeds it should be selectively in-
terrupted. This ensures a continued supply to
the busbar through the remaining infeed. For
this purpose, directional devices are needed
which detect a short-circuit current or a
power flow from the busbar in the direction
of the infeed. The directional time-
overcurrent protection is usually set via the
load current. It cannot be used to deactivate
low-current faults. Reverse-power protection
can be set far below the rated power. This
ensures that it also detects power feedback
into the line in the event of low-current faults
with levels far below the load current.
Reverse-power protection is performed via
the “flexible protection functions” of the
7SJ64.
Fig. 5/175 Reverse-power protection for dual supply

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 7 15 20 33 48
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V DC
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 8…19 / 21…32;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 1…7 / 20/33…48
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 5 13 8 11 21
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper)/form A/B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive/
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Measuring range 0 V to 200 V
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
Overload capability in voltage path 2000 switching cycles
(phase-neutral voltage)
Power relay (for motor control)
Type 7SJ640 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter)
7SJ641
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V
Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8) 4 (8)
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V
Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Ripple voltage, peak-to-peak ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645 7SJ647 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
7SJ642
Break 1000 W / VA at
Quiescent Approx. 5 W 5.5 W 6.5 W 7.5 W 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Energized Approx. 9 W 12.5 W 15 W 21 W
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC
30 A for 0.5 s
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 / 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V / 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645 7SJ647
7SJ642
Quiescent Approx. 7 W 9W 12 W 16 W
Energized Approx. 12 W 19 W 23 W 33 W
Backup time during loss/short-circuit ≥ 200 ms
of auxiliary alternating voltage

Technical data
Electrical tests Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;

Specification interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Standards IEC 60255
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
UL508 IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Insulation tests Ri = 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
voltage and RS485/RS232 and Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz
time synchronization only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz

IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
and time synchronization Units with a detached operator panel
must be installed in a metal cubicle to
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J maintain limit class B
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
class III
at intervals of 5 s
Mechanical stress tests
5
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 During operation
(product standard) Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
DIN 57435 Part 303 Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge; Shock Semi-sinusoidal
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
field, non-modulated Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz; IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-3; class III (vertical axis)
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 % (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms; 1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min During transportation
High-energy surge voltages Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2

(Surge) Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5; class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-6, class III Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz of 3 axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz

capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω

Technical data
Climatic stress tests Serial interfaces

Temperatures Operating interface (front of unit)
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h 9-pin subminiature connector
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6 Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
(Legibility of display may be impaired
above +55 °C /+131 °F) Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
permanent storage RS232/RS485
transport Connection
Humidity
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative hu- detached operator panel
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
5 units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible! top/bottom part
pronounced temperature changes Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Unit design
Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645
7SJ642 7SJ647 Additional interface (rear of unit)
Housing 7XP20 Isolated interface for data transfer Port D: RTD-box
Dimensions See dimension drawings, Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
part 15 of this catalog min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Weight in kg Housing Housing Housing RS485

width 1/3 width 1/2 width 1/1 Connection
Surface-mounting housing 8 11 15 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
Flush-mounting housing 5 6 10 surface-mounting housing with mounting location “D”
Housing for detached detached operator panel
operator panel – 8 12 For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Detached operator panel – 2.5 2.5 with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Degree of protection top/bottom part
acc. to EN 60529 Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20; Fiber optic
Operator safety IP 2x with cover
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “D”
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) PROFIBUS-FMS/DP

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B to a control center
to a control center Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud, RS485
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection
Connection surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
top/bottom part 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
500 V AC against earth
Fiber optic 5
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ connection, mounting location “B”
optic connection surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part 1)
and 2) on page 5/215
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant
RS485 to a control center
Connection Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For surface-mounting housing (not available) For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
with two-tier terminal on the surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
top/bottom part detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth top/bottom part
IEC 61850 protocol Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 recommended
- to a control center Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
- with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 100 Mbit Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection
Ethernet, electrical For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
Connection Two RJ45 connectors surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B" detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/215
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Optical wavelength 820 nm
Ethernet, optical Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
For flush-mounting housing/ connection Mounting location "B"
Optical wavelength 1300 nmm

Technical data
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Tolerances

Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(SUB-D) Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
(terminal with surface-mounting + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
housing) 30 ms
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Functions 30 ms
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional Direction detection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) For phase faults
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) With voltage memory for measure-
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) ment voltages that are too low
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Setting ranges Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) unlimited;
5 Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
For three-phase faults dynamically
unlimited;
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Steady-state approx. 7 V
Times phase-to-phase
Pickup times (without inrush For earth faults
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms) Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0,
3I0 or with negative-sequence
Non-directional Directional quantities 3V2, 3I2
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3 Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Tolerances measured;
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA 1)
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms calculated
Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N) 3V2, 3I2
3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase current 1)
phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
Tolerances (phase angle error
Setting ranges under reference conditions)
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
1)
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Inrush blocking
(IEC characteristics) Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>,
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Ip, IEp (directional, non-directional)
(ANSI characteristics) Lower function limit phases At least one phase current
Undervoltage threshold V< for 10.0 to 125.0 V (in steps of 0.1 V) (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA1)
release Ip Lower function limit earth Earth current
Trip characteristics (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA1)
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Upper function limit 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
extremely inverse, long inverse (setting range)
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse, Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
extremely inverse, definite inverse Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value Dynamic setting change
pairs of current and time delay
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
Dropout setting pickup, tripping time
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Start criteria Current criteria,
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
0.95 · pickup threshold CB position via aux. contacts,
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
Time control 3 timers
Current criteria Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold;
monitoring with timer)

Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≥ I/IEEp
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64) ≥ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Setting ranges Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual

Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
lated)
Measuring method “cos ϕ/sin ϕ”
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Times
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Reduction of dir. area αRed.dir.area 1 ° to 15 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Measuring principle Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 5
Setting ranges For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Angle tolerance 3°
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
Measuring method “ϕ (V0/I0)”
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303 Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Minimum voltage Vmin. measured 0.4 to 50 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Minimum voltage Vmin. calculated 10 to 90 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges Phase angle ϕ -180° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Delta phase angle Δ ϕ 0° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Tolerances
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold 3 V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Angle tolerance 3°
Times
Angle correction for cable CT
Angle correction F1, F2 0° to 5° (in steps of 0.1°)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Current value I1, I2
Tolerances
Pickup threshold
For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms overcurrent protection
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults Setting ranges
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns) Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
of current and delay time values Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Times
Pickup threshold IEEp Pickup times
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Minimum Approx. 20 ms
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Typical Approx. 30 ms
User defined Dropout times Approx. 30 ms
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Tolerances
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp 1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp 5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Tolerances
Pickup threshold
For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
Intermittent earth-fault protection Program for earth fault

Setting ranges Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
Pickup threshold protection, binary input
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) three-phase fault detected by a protec-
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
gation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) reclosing),
mulation time TRIP command by the breaker failure
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) protection (50BF),
accumulation opening the CB without ARC initiation,
external CLOSE command
intermittent earth fault Setting ranges
Times
(separate for phase and earth
Pickup times
and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
5 Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerances reclosure
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1) Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms dynamic blocking
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) The delay times of the following protection function
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) can be altered individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con-
I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
kτ factor stant with the machine running
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
(in steps of 0.1)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
delay of dead-time start via binary input
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( Ipre / k ⋅ Inom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
(monitored),
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln dead-time extension via binary input
(I / k ⋅ Inom) − 1
2
(monitored),
co-ordination with other protection relays,
t =
Tripping time
evaluation of the CB contacts
τth =
Temperature rise time constant
I =
Load current Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF)
Ipre =
Preload current Setting ranges
k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435 Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
protection relay Times
Dropout ratios Pickup times
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm with internal start is contained in the delay time
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99 with external start is contained in the delay time
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97 Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8 Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25)
Number of reclosures 0 to 9 Operating modes • Synchro-check

Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable • Asynchronous/synchronous
Program for phase fault Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements • Dead-bus / live-line
(dir., non-dir.), negative sequence, • Dead-bus and dead-line
binary input • Bypassing

Technical data
Voltages Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)

Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
(in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase) Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
(in steps of 1 V) Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
check (in steps of 1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase)
(in steps of 1 V) Times
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV)
transformer V2nom
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
ΔV-measurement Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
(in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
Tolerance 1V 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Δf-measurement
Pickup current
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 5
(IEC characteristics)
Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 15 mHz
(ANSI characteristics)
Δα-measurement
Δα-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Trip characteristics
(α2>α1; α2>α1)
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
Tolerance 2°
inverse
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for Δf ≤ 1 Hz ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in-
10 ° for Δf > 1 Hz verse, extremely inverse
Circuit-breaker operating time Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
CB operating time 0.01 to 0.6 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout
Threshold ASYN ↔ SYN IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
Threshold synchronous / 0.01 to 0.04 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
asynchronous
Tolerances
Adaptation Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °) Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
transformers V1/V2 Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
Times Operating modes / measuring
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms quantities
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, dV/dt, P, Q,
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) cos ϕ
1-phase I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold value
Measuring values of synchro-check function Setting ranges
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Voltage to be synchronized V2 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Displacement voltage VE 2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Range fN ± 5 Hz fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
Voltage difference (V2 – V1) In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Voltage change dV/dt 4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Range fN ± 5 Hz
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Angle difference (α2 – α1) In °
Range 0 to 180 ° *) With rated frequency.
Tolerance*) 0.5 ° 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Tripping time characteristic 2
I
Times for I > IMOTOR START
⎝ I ⎠
Pickup times
Current, voltage ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
(phase quantities) current
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms I = Actual current flowing
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Current, voltages motor starting current
(symmetrical components) t = Tripping time in seconds
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Power Tolerances
Typical Approx. 120 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
thresholds)
Power factor 300 to 600 ms Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms Setting ranges
Rate-of-frequency change Current threshold for
with 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
5 Voltage change dV/dt Approx. 220 ms Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
for 2 times pickup value Blocking duration after
Binary input Approx. 20 ms CLOSE signal detection 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout times Tolerances
Current, voltage (phase quantities) < 20 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current, voltages (symmetrical Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
components) < 30 ms Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Power
Setting ranges
Typical < 50 ms
Maximum < 350 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Power factor < 300 ms to rated motor current
Frequency < 100 ms IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Voltage change < 220 ms Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
Binary input < 10 ms TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Tolerances
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup threshold
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Current 0.5 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 100 mA1) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
components) warm starts
Voltage 0.5 % of setting value or 0.1 V Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Voltage (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 0.2 V warm starts
components) Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W simulations of rotor at zero
Power factor 2 degrees speed kτ at STOP
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN) Extension factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
10 mHz (at V = VN) time constant with motor
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s running kτ RUNNING
Voltage change dV/dt 5 % of setting value or 2 V/s Restarting limit
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48) nc
Setting ranges Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01) which restarting is possi-
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01) ble
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
time TSTARTUP , COLD MOTOR
Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) (= 100 % in operational
time TSTARTUP, WARM MOTOR measured value
Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %) Θrot/Θrot trip)
cold motor nc = Number of permissible
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) start-ups from cold state
time TBLOCKED-ROTOR Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
measured values

Technical data
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

Temperature detectors Number of frequency elements 4
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Setting ranges
Number of temperature Max. 6 Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
detectors per box Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Dropout differential 0.02 Hz to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
= |pickup threshold - dropout threshold|
Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thresholds for indications Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
For each measuring detector positive-sequence voltage V1
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
or ∞ (no indication) Dropout times Approx. 75 ms
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Dropout
or ∞ (no indication) Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Tolerances

Pickup thresholds
Operating modes/measuring quantities
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN)
10 mHz (at V = VN) 5
phase-to-phase voltages or Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
phase-to-earth voltages Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
phase-phase voltage
Output of the fault distance In Ω primary or secondary,
Setting ranges in km / miles of line length,
Pickup thresholds V<, V<< in % of line length
dependent on voltage 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
connection and chosen 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a pro-
measuring quantity tection element, via binary input
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) Setting ranges

Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km2) (in steps of 0.0001)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 0.001 to 3 Ω/mile2) (in steps of 0.0001)
IMIN" Tolerances
Times Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
Dropout times As pickup times dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1 and
IK/Inom ≥ 1
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 0.5 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Additional functions
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Operational measured values
Operating modes/measuring quantities Currents In A (kA) primary,
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom
negative phase-sequence voltage or Positive-sequence component I1
phase-to-phase voltages or Negative-sequence component I2
phase-to-earth voltages IE or 3I0
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Range 10 to 200 % Inom
phase-phase voltage Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
Setting ranges Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Pickup thresholds V>, V>> VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) Phase-to-phase voltages
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VSYN,
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) VE or V0
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) Positive-sequence component V1
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Negative-sequence component V2
Times Range 10 to 120 % Vnom

Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary and
Dropout times As pickup times in % of Snom
Tolerances Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds 0.5 % of setting value or 1 V Tolerance3) 1 % of Snom
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %

2) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.

Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Max. / Min. report

P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated in Report of measured values With date and time
kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
Range 0 to 120 % Snom 0 to 1439 min)
Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom Time frame and starting time adjustable
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with Reset, manual Using binary input,
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom using keypad,
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated in via communication
kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and in Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3,
% Snom I1 (positive-sequence component)
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom V1 (positive-sequence component)
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
5 Range - 1 to + 1
protection
Tolerance1) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
I1 (positive-sequence component);
Frequency f In Hz Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range fnom ± 5 Hz Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance1) 20 mHz
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Temperature overload protection In % for I>Ibalance limit
Θ/ΘTrip
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
Range 0 to 400 % for V>Vlim
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Temperature restart inhibit In % (ACB)
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Range 0 to 400 % (ACB)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % expansions via CFC
Reclose time TReclose In min Fuse failure monitor
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA For all types of networks With the option of blocking affected
detection (total, real, and reactive secondary protection functions
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Fault recording
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA Recording of indications of the
RTD-box See section “Temperature monitoring last 8 power system faults
box” Recording of indications of the
Synchronism and voltage check See section “Synchronism and voltage last 3 power system ground faults
check” Time stamping
Long-term averages Resolution for event log 1 ms
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minutes (operational annunciations)
Frequency of updates Adjustable Resolution for trip log 1 ms
(fault annunciations)
Long-term averages
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Maximum time deviation 0.01 %
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) (internal clock)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) type CR 1/2 AA, message “Battery Fault”
for insufficient battery charge
memory maintained by buffer
battery in case of loss of power
supply
Recording time Total 20 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording and
memory time adjustable

Technical data
Energy/power Control
Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh) outputs
demand) Interlocking Programmable
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I >0.1 Inom, V > 0.1 Vnom Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707 position
Statistics Control commands Single command / double command
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
commands (segregated according Local control
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle) Units with small display Control via menu,
Circuit-breaker wear assignment of a function key
Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 Units with large display Control via menu,
• 2-point method control with control keys
(remaining service life) Remote control Via communication interfaces,
• Σi2t using a substation automation and
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
sured values on TRIP command, up to
control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem) 5
8 digits, phase-selective limit values, CE conformity
monitoring indication This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Motor statistics nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) Directive 73/23/EEC).
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %) This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Active energy and reactive energy See operational measured values man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Motor start-up data: Of the last 5 start-ups Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
– Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– Start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
– Start-up voltage (primary) 0 V to 100 kV (resolution 1 V)
Display range Up to 7 digits generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Commissioning aids
circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
binary input,
communication
Number of available setting 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
groups


7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64oo – ooooo – oooo
Housing, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/3 19”, 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live status contact,
text display 4 x 20 character (only for 7SJ640)
9th position only with: B, D, E 0 see next page
Housing 1/2 19”, 15 BI, 13 BO (1 NO/NC or 1a/b contact), 1 live status
contact, graphic display 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 8 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status
Measuring inputs (4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
5 Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5
Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing A
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier terminals on top/bottom B
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/
ring-type cable lugs), detached operator panel, panel mounting in
low-voltage housing C
Flush-mounting housing, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs), without operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US) (language selectable) C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French (language selectable) D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish (language selectable) E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian (language selectable) F
Region RU, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Russian(language can be changed) G
1) Rated current can be selected by means of

jumpers
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by
means of jumpers.


code
7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64oo – ooooo – oooo ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1 see
following
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2 pages
1)
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L0E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G 5
2)
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L0H
2)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 9 L0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 2) 9 L0S
Only Port C (service interface)
Port C and D (service and additional interface) 9 M oo

Port C (service interface)
Port D (additional interface)

RTD-box3), 820 nm fiber, ST connector 4) A
RTD-box3), electrical RS485 F
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
3) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
4) When using the RTD-box at an optical interface, the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.


50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection through
47 Phase sequence
74TC Trip circuit supervision; 4 setting groups,
5 86
cold-load pickup; inrush blocking
Lockout F A
n V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
n IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth F C
n Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
rate-of-frequency-change protection F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth; intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F D 2)
Directional V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n 81O/U Under-/overfrequency
F F 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n Basic version included Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency
protection


50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
47 Phase sequence
5
74TC Trip circuit supervision, 4 setting groups,
cold-load pickup, inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
rate-of-frequency-change protection H F 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
rate-of-frequency-change protection H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency 32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
protection rate-of-frequency-change protection R H 2)
only with sensitive earth-current Continued on next page


code
7SJ64 multifunction protection relay
with synchronization 7SJ64ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
derived from current):
Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time
5 47
59N/64
Phase sequence
Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
27/47/59(N)Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
rate-of-frequency-change protection HG
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics HA
ARC, fault locator, synchronization
Without 0
25 With synchronization 4
25, 79, 21FL With synchronization, auto-reclosure,
fault locator 7
For protection of explosion-protected motos (increased-safety type of protection "e" Z X 9 9 2)

2) This variant might be supplied
with a previous firmware version.

DIGSI 4
Complete version:

5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ64

English C53000-G1140-C20 7-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2091-afp.eps
2 1)

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

LSP2093-afp.eps
1)
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
Short-circuit links
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
for current termi- for other terminals
nals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/176

For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/177

For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/178
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface interlocked so only one relay of each pair
mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
be used.

Connection diagram

this catalog. For allocation
of terminals of the panel
surface mounting version
refer to the manual
com/siprotec).
BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9,
BO13/BO14, BO15/BO16.
If used for protection pur-
poses only one binary out-
put of a pair can be used.
Fig. 5/179

Connection diagram

BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9,
BO13/BO14, BO15/BO16.
If used for protection pur-
poses only one binary out-
put of a pair can be used.
Fig. 5/180
7SJ647 connection diagram part 1;
continued on following page

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/181
part 2
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 15 of this catalog. For allocation of terminals of
the panel surface mounting version refer to the manual (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).

Overcurrent Protection PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Overcurrent Protection PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Overcurrent Protection Page

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

5/2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

• Operation without auxiliary voltage via

1.4 VA at IN (of the relay)

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/3

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical

ANSI IEC Protection functions Fig. 5/2 Typical application

Within its compact housing the protection

relay contains all required components for:

easy mounting, and a version for the most

Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals

5/4 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

The overcurrent function is based on

Fig. 5/6 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/5

Pulse output or relay output are optionally

Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output

Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram

Fig. 5/10 Connection diagram

5/6 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/7

Mechanical stress tests Functions

* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).

5/8 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Technical data CE conformity

Description Order No.

Accessories Protection relay with pulse output

Protection relay with relay output

Current transformer-operated trip release

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/9

Dimension drawings in mm / inch

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC easy

5/10 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46

• Universal application due to integrated

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/11

The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical

5 ANSI IEC Protection functions

Within its compact housing the protection

• Pickup and command output

humidity, is also available.

Fig. 5/14 Screw-type terminals

5/12 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

The overcurrent function is based on

Fig. 5/16 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic

Available inverse-time characteristics

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/13

The 7SJ46 has a trip contact, a contact

5 Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs

Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram 7SJ46

5/14 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/15

Mechanical stress test Functions

5 IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)

5/16 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/17

5/18 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 5/19